You are on page 1of 284

Service

Repair Manual
Golf 1998 ➤
Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior
Edition
agen
A08.2003
G. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Service Department. Technical Information


Service
List of Workshop Manual Repair Groups

Repair Group
50 - Body - Front
55 - Hood, Lids
57 - Front doors, Central locking system
58 - Rear doors
60 - Sunroof
63 - Bumpers
64 - Glass, Window regulators
66 - Exterior equipment

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Technical information should always be available to the foremen and mechanics, because their
Co
Cop py
careful and constant adherence to the instructions is essential to ensure vehicle road-worthiness and
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
safety. In addition, the normal basic safety precautions for working on motor vehicles must, as a cop Vo
by lksw
matter of course, be observed.
cted agen
Prote AG.

All rights reserved.


No reproduction without prior agreement from publisher.

Copyright © 2015 Volkswagen AG, Wolfsburg D3E8001FC4A


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Contents

50 - Body - Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Body, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2 Engine Compartment Partition Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
2 Removal and Installation olks.w.ag. e.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
en AG. V AG
2.1 Body, Frontolks.w.a.g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .do. e.s.n.ot. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
V gu
by
3 Special
ris
ed Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . r.an. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
a
t 14
ee
tho or
au
55 - Hood,ssLids ......................... . . .ac. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

ce
le

1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15


un

pt
an
d
itte

1.1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

y li
erm

ab
1.2 Rear Lid, Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

ility
ot p

1.3 Rear Lid, Jetta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

wit
is n

h re
1.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
ole,

spec
2 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
2.1 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.2 Rear Lid, Golf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
2.3 Rear Lid, Jetta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

rrectne
2.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.5 Fuel Tank Door Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49

ss o
cial p

f
57 - Front doors, Central locking system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 inform
mer

1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52


atio
m

1.1 Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52


o

n
c

i
or

1.2 Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58


thi
te

sd
va

2 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


i

o
pr

cum
r

2.1 Front Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62


fo

en
ng

t.
yi
2.2 Central Locking System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Co
Cop py
t. rig
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
80
c by lksw
58 - Rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
cted agen
Prote AG.

1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81


1.1 Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
2 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
2.1 Rear Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96

60 - Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
1.1 Sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Webasto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
2.2 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Meritor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
3 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Webasto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.2 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Meritor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

63 - Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.1 Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
1.2 Rear Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138

Contents i
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149


2.1 Front Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
2.2 Rear Bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156

64 - Glass, Window regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163


1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1.1 Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
1.3 Minimum Curing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
ol wagen AG
en AG. V
2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . .ol.ks.w.a.g. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .do. e.s.no. t. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
V g
2.1 Flush-Bonded Windows . . . . . . s.ed. b.y. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ua.ra.n. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
ri t
2.2 Door Windows . . . . . . . . . . u.th.o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e.e.or. . . . . . . . . . . 174
s a ac
3 Removal and Installation .s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

ce
e
nl

3.1 Flush-Bonded Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180

pt
du

an
itte

3.2 Door Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

y li
erm

ab
4 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

66 - Exterior equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

h re
hole

spec
1 General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1.1 Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1.2 Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
1.3 Installation Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213

rrectness of i
1.4 Minimum Curing Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
l purpos

1.5 Paint Damage, Repairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214


2 Description and Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

nf
ercia

2.1 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

orm
m

2.2 Roof Molding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216

atio
om

2.3 Roof Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

n in
or c

2.4 Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219

thi
te

sd
iva

2.5 Side Protective Moldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o 220


r
rp

cu
2.6 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
2.7 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32 Special Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Co
Cop py
t. rig
3 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
gh
237
ht
pyri by
Vo
3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions, Jetta from 06.07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
4 Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
4.1 Wheel Housing Liner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
4.3 Roof Molding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
4.4 Roof Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
4.5 Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
4.6 Side Protective Moldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
4.7 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
4.8 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32 Special Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
5 Special Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
6 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

ii Contents
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

50 – Body - Front
1 Description and Operation
(Edition 08.2003)
⇒ “1.1 Body, Front”, page 1
⇒ “1.2 Engine Compartment Partition Panel”, page 9

1.1 Body, Front


⇒ “1.1.1 Lock Carrier Service Position”, page 1
⇒ “1.1.2 Front Part Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008”,
page 3
⇒ “1.1.3 Front Part Service Position, Golf from 2008”, page 4
⇒ “1.1.4 Front Fender Assembly Overview, through 05.07”, page
5
⇒ “1.1.5 Front Fender Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 6
⇒ “1.1.6 Noise Insulation Assembly Overview, Gasoline Engine”,
page 7
⇒ “1.1.7 Noise Insulation Assembly Overview, Diesel Engine”,
page 8

1.1.1 Lock Carrier Service Position


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 1


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove front bumper cover.


– Disconnect release cable at lock.
– Remove one bolt each, item 8 ⇒ Item 8 (page 12) at longi‐
tudinal members and screw in Lock Carrier Support Tool -
3411- at right and left longitudinal members for this.
– Remove bolts, item 8 ⇒ Item 8 (page 12) and item 2
⇒ Item 2 (page 11) and pull lock carrier toward front in area
of Lock Carrier Support Tool - 3411- .

2 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
horis Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999eo ➤
ut
ss a Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du
1.1.2 Front Part Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
1 - Bolt

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Qty. 2

hole

spec
❑ 8 Nm

es, in part or in w

t to the co
2 - Front Part with Assembly
Components
❑ Remove and install, re‐

rrectness of i
fer to

l purpos
⇒ “2.1.2 Front Part, Golf
from 2008”, page 12
❑ Service position, refer to

nf
ercia

o
⇒ “1.1.3 Front Part Serv‐

rm
m

atio
ice Position, Golf from
om

2008”, page 4

n in
or c

thi
e

3 - Bumper
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
4 - Bolt
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
❑ Qty. 2
yi Co
Cop py
❑ 20 Nm
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
5 - Bolt
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 20 Nm
6 - Lock Carrier Support Tool -
3411-
7 - Bolt
❑ 8.5 Nm
8 - Bolt
❑ 8.5 Nm
9 - Hood Latch Operating Ca‐
ble
10 - Radiator
❑ Mounted with condens‐
er
❑ The air conditioning condenser hoses must not be bent.
❑ The condenser cannot be suspended by the hoses.
11 - Condenser
❑ Mounted with radiator
❑ The air conditioning condenser hoses must not be bent.
❑ The condenser cannot be suspended by the hoses.
12 - Electrical Harnesses
❑ From Secondary Air Intake Valve - N112- (Turbo)
❑ From Hood Contact Switch / Hood For Alarm System - F120-

1. Description and Operation 3


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.3 Front Part Service Position, Golf from 2008

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove front bumper protector.

rrectness of i
– Disengage latch operation cable -9-.
l purpos

– Remove one bolt -5- on longitudinal members and fasten in its


place the Lock Carrier Support Tool - 3411- -9- on left and right
longitudinal members.
nform
ercia

– Remove bolts -4- (front longitudinal member fixture).


m

at
om

ion

– Remove bolts -7- (radiator / condenser cushion fastening).


c

in t
or

his
te

– Remove bolts -1-, pull front panel and slide forward on Lock
a

do
riv

Carrier Support Tool - 3411- .


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
olksw not
byV gu
ara Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
ed
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
1.1.4 Front Fender Assembly Overview, through 05.07 s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
1 - Fender
erm

ab
ility
❑ Removing
ot p

wit
, is n

– Remove front bumper.

h re
hole

Refer to

spec
⇒ “2.1 Front Bumper”,
es, in part or in w

t to the co
page 149 .

– Remove wheelhousing

rrectness of i
liner. Refer to
⇒ “4.1.1 Front Wheel
l purpos

Housing Liner”,
page 238 .

nf
ercia

o
– Heat fender in area of A-

rm
m

pillar using a heat gun

atio
m

and remove.
o

n in
or c

thi
❑ Installing:
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– Before bolting on fend‐
o

m
f

er, insert one intermedi‐

en
ng

t.
yi
ate piece each for bolt
Co
Cop py
points in contact area. ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
lksw
2 - Bolt
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Qty. 9
3 - Spring nut
4 - Gasket
5 - Bracket
❑ Bolted on with front lon‐
gitudinal member

1. Description and Operation 5


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.5 Front Fender Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Fender
❑ Removing
– Remove front bumper.
Refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover,
Jetta from 06.07”,
page 152 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
– Remove wheelhousing ise
d b ara
nte
liner. Refer to uthor eo
⇒ “4.1.2 Front Wheel ss a ra
c
Housing Liner, Jetta

ce
le
un

from 06.07”, page 239 .

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
– Heat fender in area of A-
pe

ility
pillar using a heat gun
ot

wit
and remove.
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Installing:

spec
es, in part or in w

– Before bolting on fend‐

t to the co
er, insert one intermedi‐
ate piece each for bolt
points in contact area.

rrectness of i
l purpos

2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 11

nform
ercia

❑ 6.5 Nm
m

a
3 - Bracket
com

❑ Bolted on with front lon‐ tion in


r
te o

thi
gitudinal member.
s
iva

do
r
rp

4 - Spring nut
um
fo

en
g

❑ Qty. 3
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
5 - Gasket
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

6 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.6 Noise Insulation Assembly Overview, Gasoline Engine

1 - Noise Insulation
❑ For gasoline engines
❑ Bolted and connected in
front area of lock carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
AG . Volkswagen AG
3 - Clamping Washer ksw
agen does
not
Vol
❑ Qty. 4 ed
by gu
ara
is nte
or
4 - Bolt au
th eo
ra
s c
❑ Qty. 4 s

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 7


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.7 Noise Insulation Assembly Overview, Diesel Engine

1 - Noise Insulation
❑ For Diesel engines
❑ Bolted and connected in
front area of lock carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
3 - Clamping Washer
❑ Qty. 4
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

8
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Engine Compartment Partition Panel


⇒ “1.2.1 Materials”, page 9
⇒ “1.2.2 Engine Compartment Partition Panel Assembly Over‐
view”, page 9
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1.2.1 Materials by
Volksw not
gu
ara
ed
ris nte
♦ Adhesive with single-compo‐ DHut 009 100 03
ho 1) eo
ra
nent glasses ss a c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

♦ Activator D 181 801 A1 1)

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Primer for glass and painting D 009 200 02 1)

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
♦ Cleaning solution D 009 401 04 1)
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

♦ Primer applicator D 009 500 25 1)

t to the co
1) These components are included in box D 004 700.

rrectness of i
2) 2) Heat according to indications from the manufacturer of the Heating Device
With Cartridges - VAG1939-
l purpos

3) 3)Observe the minimum period for drying

nform
ercia

1.2.2 Engine Compartment Partition Panel Assembly Overview


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
r

Note
o

his
ate

do
riv

The engine compartment partition panel -1- is fastened also with polyurethane adhesive (PUR) -3-.
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 9


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Engine Compartment Par‐


tition Panel
❑ Remove:
– After removing the
screws -2-, cut the ad‐
hesive cord -3-.

2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 8
❑ 25 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
3 - Polyurethane Adhesive - ed by
V gu
ara
PUR horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Cord profile: -a- = 11 ss a ra
c
mm, -b- = 8.5 mm and

ce
le
un

-c- = 7 mm

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ Minimum drying time,
rm

ab
refer to ⇒ page 10
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
Minimum Adhesive Drying Time
agen
Prote AG.

Note

When using 1K adhesive - DH 009 100 03- , the minimum curing


time is of 3 hours.

During this time, the vehicle must remain on a flat surface and at
room temperature (at least 60° F (15° C)).

DANGER!

The vehicle can only be released to the customer after the


minimum curing time has elapsed.

10 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Removal and Installation


⇒ “2.1 Body, Front”, page 11

2.1 Body, Front


⇒ “2.1.1 Lock Carrier with Attachments”, page 11
⇒ “2.1.2 Front Part, Golf from 2008”, page 12

2.1.1 Lock Carrier with Attachments

1 - Lock Carrier with Attach‐


ments
Removing

– Unhook release cable,


item 3
⇒ Item 3 (page 12) at
lock and disconnect
electrical connectors.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
– Disconnect connectors agen oes
olksw not
at headlight housings. d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
– Removing front bumper aut
h
ra
and bumper carrier. Re‐ ss c

ce
le

fer to
un

pt
⇒ “2.1 Front Bumper”,

an
d
itte

y li
page 149 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

– Disconnect hose for

wit
, is n

headlight cleaning sys‐

h re
hole

tem at T-piece.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Unbolt radiator and con‐
denser from lock carrier.

– Secure radiator and


rrectness of i
condenser in engine
l purpos

compartment. Refer to
⇒ Heating, Ventilation
and Air Conditioning;
nform
ercia

Rep. Gr. 87 ; Removal


and Installation .
m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

Note
thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

♦ Do not unhook condenser at


um
fo

en

lines.
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
♦ Condenser lines must not be
. C rig
ht ht
rig
kinked. py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing

– Align lock carrier at longitudinal members and between fenders.

Gaps dimensions, refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications

– Adjust headlights.

2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 8 Nm

2. Removal and Installation 11


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 - Release Cable
4 - Hole in Side Panel
5 - Radiator and Condenser
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 8 Nm
7 - Bumper Carrier
8 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 20 Nm
9 - Lock Carrier Support Tool - 3411-

2.1.2 Front Part, Golf from 2008


Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Disengage latch operation cable -9- on lock.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage connectors from the headlight harness.


– Remove front protector and front bumper -3-.
– Disconnect harnesses -12- on The Secondary Air Intake Valve
- N112- (Turbo) and Front Cover / Hood Contact / Hood For
Alarm System - F120-
– Remove radiator fastening screws -7- and front panel con‐
denser.
– Fasten radiator and condenser on the engine compartment.
Refer to ⇒ Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning; Rep. Gr.
87 ; Removal and Installation

Note

♦ The air conditioning condenser hoses must not be bent.


♦ The condenser cannot be suspended by the hoses.

Install
– Install in the reverse sequence from the removal.
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d a oes
lksw not
– Align the front panel in the longitudinal
db
y V members and between
o gu
ara
the fenders. or
ise nte
h eo
ut ra
– Check clearance measures.
ss Refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr.
a c
00 ; Specifications

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Adjust the headlights.


itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 13


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Special Tools
Special tools and workshop equipment required
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
d wa oes
olks not
♦ Torque Wrench 1331 5-50Nm
d b- VAG1331-
yV gu
ara
e nte
ris
♦ Cartridge Heater - VAG1939A-
ut
ho eo
ra
a c
ss
♦ Manual Pressure Gun - VAG1628-

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

14 Rep. Gr.50 - Body - Front


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

55 – Hood, Lids
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Hood”, page 15
⇒ “1.2 Rear Lid, Golf”, page 21
⇒ “1.3 Rear Lid, Jetta”, page 24
⇒ “1.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon”, page 27

1.1 Hood
⇒ “1.1.1 Hood Assembly Overview”, page 15
⇒ “1.1.2 Hood Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008”, page 17
⇒ “1.1.3 Hood Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 18
⇒ “1.1.4 Hood, Adjusting, Golf from 2008”, page 19
⇒ “1.1.5 Hood, Adjusting”, page 19
⇒ “1.1.6 Hood Lock Assembly Overview”, page 20

1.1.1 Hood Assembly Overview


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 15


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Hood
Removing

– Disconnect hoses for


windshield washer sys‐
tem and remove washer
nozzles.

– Remove gas-filled strut


⇒ Item 3 (page 16) at
lid.

– Unclip hinge cover


⇒ Item 12 (page 16)
and remove from hinge.

– Remove bolts
⇒ Item 10 (page 16)
and remove lid.

– Adjusting
⇒ “1.1.5 Hood, Adjust‐
ing”, page 19

2 - Stopper
❑ By threading out and in,
lid can be adjusted in
height to fenders.
3 - Gas-Filled Strut
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “2.1.2 Gas-Filled agen oes
olksw not
V
Strut”, page d b30
y gu
ara
rise nte
❑ Venting uthogas, refer to eo
ra
⇒ “1.2.2
ss a Gas-Filled c
Strut, Releasing Gas”,
ce
le
un

pt

page 22
an
d
itte

y li

4 - Spacing Device
erm

ab
ility
ot p

5 - Guide Piece
wit
is n

h re
ole,

6 - Plenum Chamber Seal


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Inserted on flange
t to the co

7 - Clip
8 - Hose/Spray Jet
rrectne

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation


s

9 - CW Sealing Piece
s o
cial p

f i

10 - Bolt
nform
mer

❑ 23 Nm
atio
om

11 - Hinge
n
c

i
or

n thi
e

12 - Hinge Cover
t

sd
iva

o
pr

❑ Clipped
um
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Pull off at right angle


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

16 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.2 Hood Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008

1 - Shock Absorber Articulation


Pin
2 - Hood Shock Absorber
❑ Remove and install, re‐
fer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Gas-Filled
Strut”, page 30
❑ Make useless for dis‐
carding (same proce‐
dure of the rear lid)
3 - Sealing
4 - Hood Packing
❑ Fitted to the flange
5 - Packing
6 - Fastening Clip
❑ 15 units
7 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm
8 - Hinge
9 - Bolt
❑ 24 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
10 - Hinge Cover ed byV gu
ara
is nte
❑ Installed on the hinge ut
hor eo
a ra
s c
11 - Adjustment Stop s

ce
e
nl

pt
❑ By loosening or tighten‐
du

an
itte

ing this stop, it is possi‐


y li
erm

ble to adjust the hood ab


ility
ot p

height in relation to the wit


, is n

fender h re
hole

12 - Hood
spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Remove and install, refer to ⇒ “2.1.1 Hood, Golf from 2008”, page 29
t to the co

❑ Adjust, refer to ⇒ “1.1.4 Hood, Adjusting, Golf from 2008”, page 19


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 17


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.3 Hood Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Hood
❑ Removing:
– Disconnect hoses for
windshield washer sys‐
tem and remove washer
nozzles.

– Remove gas-filled strut


⇒ Item 9 (page 18) wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
yV ua
– Unclip hinge cover ir se
d b ran
tee
⇒ Item 8 (page 18) utho
or
a ac
ss
– Remove bolts

ce
le
un

pt
⇒ Item 6 (page 18)

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Adjusting

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.1.5 Hood, Adjust‐

wit
is n

ing”, page 19

h re
ole,

spec
2 - Stopper
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
❑ By threading out and in,
hood can be adjusted in
height to fenders.

rrectne
3 - Protecting Foil
4 - Spacing Device

ss o
cial p

f
5 - Plenum Chamber Seal

inform
mer

❑ Inserted on flange

atio
m

6 - Bolt
o

n
c

i
or

n
❑ 22 Nm

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

7 - Hinge
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

8 - Hinge Cover
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Clipped
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Pull off at right angle cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
9 - Gas-Filled Strut
AG.

❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.2 Gas-Filled Strut”, page 30


❑ Venting gas, refer to ⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 22
10 - Rubber Stopper
❑ Qty. 2

18 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.4 Hood, Adjusting, Golf from 2008

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– The hood -12- can be centralized with the fenders, by displac‐


rrectness of i

ing the hood hinges -8- via elongated holes.


l purpos

– With the adjustment stops -11-, it is possible to adjust the hood


height in relation to the fender.
nform
mercia

at
om

Note
ion
c

in t
or

his
e

Check clearances, refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Speci‐


at

do
riv

fications .
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
– After adjusting the hood, damages on hinge and fastening
Co
op py
screw painting must be retouched. t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
1.1.5 Hood, Adjusting
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Hood can be aligned between fenders by sliding door hinge in


elongated holes.
– With stop, item 2 ⇒ Item 2 (page 16) , hood can be adjusted
in height to fenders.

1. Description and Operation 19


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ olksw not
byV gu
ara
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
Gap dimension, refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifica‐ ss c

ce
le
tions

un

pt
an
d
itte
– After installation or adjustment work, corrosion protection

y li
rm

ab
measure must be performed on hinge and bolts.

pe

ility
ot

wit
1.1.6 Hood Lock Assembly Overview

, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
1 - Hood Lock

t to the co
❑ Adjusting: within elon‐
gated holes

rrectness of i
❑ Gap dimension ⇒ Body
Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ;
Specifications l purpos
❑ To remove hood lock,

nform
ercia

radiator grille, bumper


and lock support must
m

a
com

ti
be removed, refer to

on in
⇒ “2.1.5 Hood Lock”,
r
te o

thi
page 32

s
iva

do
r
rp

c
2 - Release Lever

um
fo

en
ng

❑ To remove, radiator
t.
yi Co
op
grille must be removed
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
♦ Removing radiator grille co Vo
by lksw
Jetta / Golf through 05.07,
cted agen
Prote AG.
refer to
⇒ “4.5.1 Radiator Grille”,
page 246
♦ Removing radiator grille
Jetta from 06.07, refer to
⇒ “4.5.2 Radiator Grille,
Jetta from 06.07”,
page 248
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lev‐
er”, page 153
3 - Bumper
♦ Removing and installing
front bumper cover Jetta /
Golf through 05.07, refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cover”,
page 149
♦ Removing and installing front bumper cover Jetta from 06.07, refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07”, page 152
♦ Removing and installing front bumper cover Golf R32, refer to ⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover, R32”, page 154

20 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Rear Lid, Golf


⇒ “1.2.1 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Golf”, page 21
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 22 lksw
agen oes
not
o
yV gu
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting”, page 22 rised b ara
nte
ho eo
ut
1.2.1 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Golf ss a ra
c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte
1 - Rear Lid

y li
rm

ab
pe
❑ Adjusting, refer to

ility
ot
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐

wit
, is n
justing”, page 22

h re
hole

spec
❑ Gap dimension, refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ Body Repair; Rep.

t to the co
Gr. 00 ; Specifications
2 - Trim

rrectness of i
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to ⇒ Body In‐
l purpos

terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installa‐

nform
ercia

tion
m

3 - Rubber Stop

a
com

tion in
❑ Adjusting, refer to
r
te o

thi
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐

s
iva

justing”, page 22

do
r
rp

cum
fo

4 - Gas-filled Strut

en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Removing and instal‐ Cop py
. rig
ling, refer to
ht ht
rig by
py
⇒ “2.2.1 Gas-Filled co Vo
by lksw
Strut”, page 33
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Venting gas, refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled
Strut, Releasing Gas”,
page 22
5 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
6 - Lock Plate
❑ Adjusting - within elon‐
gated holes
❑ Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep.
Gr. 00 ; Specifications
7 - Cap
8 - Blind nut
9 - Hex Nut
❑ 24 Nm
10 - Hinge
11 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm

1. Description and Operation 21


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.2 Gas-Filled Strut, Releasing Gas


– Clamp gas-filled strut in vice area -x- = 50 mm (2 in.).

WARNING

Clamping must only be done in this area, otherwise there is a


risk of an accident.

– Using saw, cut into cylindrical part of strut at point within first
third of cylinder's length (measured from ecover
n AG. Vedge
olkswaat
genpiston
AG do
rod end of cylinder). olks
wag es n
ot
yV gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
Note au ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
♦ Always wear eye protection when performing this procedure.
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Cover area of sawn-off portion with a clean rag.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

♦ Dispose of fluid and cleaning rag in a proper manner.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
1.2.3 Rear Lid, Adjusting
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Note

rrectness of i
l purpos

♦ Rear lid is properly adjusted when there is an overall even gap


dimension when closed, it is not too far inward or outward and
contours align.
nf
ercia

or
♦ Vehicle must stand on its wheels in order to be able to perform
m
m

atio

adjustment.
om

n in
or c

thi
e

– Turn stopper approx. 90° using a ring wrench 24 mm and re‐


t

sd
iva

move from shaped hole.


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Remove rubber buffers -1- from stopper and loosen clamp


t.
yi Co
screw (socket-head 3mm) only as much until notched slider Cop py
. rig
can be removed.
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

22 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove notched slider from housing and adjust to dimension


-a- = 12.5 mm.

Note

In new condition, stopper is already adjusted to a distance of 12.5


mm.

– Insert stopper and install by turning 90° in shaped hole.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
– Unscrew cap -1- from rivet -2- (left and right). ris ed
nte
ho eo
ut
– Close rear lid using light pressure over center,
ss a pull handle ra
c
while doing so.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Using Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371- , set a gap dimension
itte

y li
of 5 mm between lid and side panel.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Open rear lid again.

wit
, is n

h re
– Rear lid is now set to a pre-tension of approx. 3 mm.
hole

spec
– Screw in plug into blind rivet (left and right).
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Screw in clamp screw -1- until dimension -a- = 25 mm.
l purpos

– Check setting.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 23


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.3 Rear Lid, Jetta


⇒ “1.3.1 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Jetta through 05.07”, page
24
⇒ “1.3.2 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 25
⇒ “1.3.3 Unlocking Element Assembly Overview, Jetta from
06.07”, page 26

1.3.1 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Jetta through 05.07

1 - Rear Lid
❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐
justing”, page 22
Lid adjustment if performed as
for Golf
❑ Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
Gr. 00 ; Specifications lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d
2 - Trim o
ir se
ran
tee
th or
❑ Removing and instal‐ au ac
ss
ling, refer to ⇒ Body In‐

ce
e
nl

terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;

pt
du

an
Removal and Installa‐
itte

y li
tion
erm

ab
ility
ot p

3 - Rubber Stop

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Adjusting, refer to
hole

spec
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐
es, in part or in w

justing”, page 22

t to the co
4 - Hex Nuts
❑ 22 Nm

rrectness of i
5 - Hinge
l purpos

6 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
nform
ercia

7 - Rubber Buffer
m

at
om

ion

8 - Gas-filled Strut
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Removing and instal‐


at

do
riv

ling, refer to
p

cum
or

⇒ “2.2.1 Gas-Filled
f

en
ng

Strut”, page 33
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Venting gas, refer to
t. rig
gh ht
yri
⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled p by
co Vo
lksw
Strut, Releasing Gas”, page 22
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
9 - Lock Plate
❑ Adjusting - within elongated holes
❑ Gap dimension, refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
11 - Lock Plate
❑ Only for USA
12 - Pop Rivet
❑ Tighten using Pop Rivet Pliers - VAG1765 A-

24 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

13 - Identification Plate wage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
lks
❑ Press on only on hatched area byV
o ot g
ua
ed ran
❑ Replacement part has two foils. First foil
thor covers adhesive surface, second must be
is teremoved
eo after instal‐
ling. s au ra
c
s

ce
le
14 - Wire

un

pt
an
d
itte
15 - Hinge Cover

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
1.3.2 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07 ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1 - Rear Lid
2 - Rear Lid Trim

rrectne
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.

s
70 ; Removal and Instal‐

s o
cial p

lation

f inform
mer

3 - Rubber Stop

atio
m

❑ Adjusting, refer to
o

n
c

⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐

i
or

n thi
e

justing”, page 22
t

sd
iva

o
pr

c
4 - Hex Nuts

um
r
fo

en
ng

❑ 22 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
.
5 - Hinge
t rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
6 - Bolts
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ 22 Nm
7 - Rubber Buffer
8 - Gas-filled Strut
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Gas-Filled
Strut”, page 33
❑ Venting gas, refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled
Strut, Releasing Gas”,
page 22
9 - Bolts
❑ 22 Nm
10 - Lock Plate
❑ Adjusting - within elon‐
gated holes
❑ Gap dimension, refer to
⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications
11 - Unlocking Element
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.3.3 Unlocking Element, Jetta from 06.07”, page 42
12 - Wire
13 - Hinge Cover

1. Description and Operation 25


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.3.3 Unlocking Element Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Release Element
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.3.3 Unlocking Ele‐
ment, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 42
2 - Unlocking Element Con‐
nector
3 - Bolt
❑ 4 Nm
❑ Qty. 3
4 - Reinforcement

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

26
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon


⇒ “1.4.1 Rear Lid Assembly Overview, Jetta Wagon”, page 27

1.4.1 Rear LidAGAssembly


. Volkswagen
Overview, Jetta Wagon
agen AG do
ksw es n
y Vol ot g
ua
db
1 - Rear rLid
ise
ran
tee
ho
❑s auAdjusting,
t
refer to or
ac
s ⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐

ce
e

justing”, page 22
nl

pt
du

an
itte

❑ Gap dimension, refer to

y li
erm

ab
⇒ Body Repair; Rep.

ility
ot p

Gr. 00 ; Specifications

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Trim
hole

spec
❑ Removing and instal‐
es, in part or in w

ling, refer to ⇒ Body In‐

t to the co
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installa‐
tion

rrectness of i
3 - Rubber Stop
l purpos

❑ Adjusting, refer to
⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Lid, Ad‐
nf
ercia

justing”, page 22
orm
m

atio
4 - Gas-filled Strut
om

n in
c

❑ Removing and instal‐


or

thi
e

ling, refer to
t

sd
iva

⇒ “2.2.1 Gas-Filled
o
r
rp

cu

Strut”, page 33
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ Venting gas, refer to
Co
op py
⇒ “1.2.2 Gas-Filled t. C rig
gh ht
Strut, Releasing Gas”, yri
p by
o Vo
page 22
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
5 - Ball Stud
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
7 - Closure Plate
❑ Adjusting - within elon‐
gated holes
❑ Gap dimension, refer to ⇒ Body Repair; Rep. Gr. 00 ; Specifications
8 - Cap
9 - Pop Rivet
10 - Hex Nuts
❑ 22 Nm
11 - Hinge
12 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
13 - Identification Plate
❑ Press on only on hatched area
❑ Replacement part has two foils. First foil covers adhesive surface, second must be removed after instal‐
ling.

1. Description and Operation 27


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

14 - Internally Threaded Pop Rivet


❑ Tighten using Pop rivet tongs - VAG1765 A-

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

28 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
ksw
agen oes
not
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
Vol
by gu
ara
ed nte
ris
2 Removal and Installation tho eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
e
⇒ “2.1 Hood”, page 29

nl

pt
du

an
itte
⇒ “2.2 Rear Lid, Golf”, page 33

y li
erm

ab
ility
⇒ “2.3 Rear Lid, Jetta”, page 40
ot p

wit
, is n

⇒ “2.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon”, page 45

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “2.5 Fuel Tank Door Unit”, page 49
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.1 Hood
⇒ “2.1.1 Hood, Golf from 2008”, page 29

rrectness of i
⇒ “2.1.2 Gas-Filled Strut”, page 30
l purpos

⇒ “2.1.3 Release Cable”, page 31

nf
ercia

⇒ “2.1.4 Release Lever”, page 32

orm
m

atio
⇒ “2.1.5 Hood Lock”, page 32
om

n in
or c

2.1.1 Hood, Golf from 2008

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

Remove
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 29


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove windshield washer hoses and ejectors. Refer to⇒


Electric Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove shock absorber -2- on hood.
– Disengage hinge cover -10- and remove it.
– With the help of a second mechanic, remove the bolts -9- from
the hood hinges and remove the hood.
Install

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Install in the reverse sequence from the removal.


♦ Tightening torque of bolts -9-: 24 Nm.
– After the assembly, adjust the screws.

2.1.2 Gas-Filled Strut


– Support hood.

30 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Lift securing clip -1- using a screwdriver and remove gas-filled


strut from ball studs -2-.

Note

When re-using gas-filled strut, do not pry securing clip -1- com‐
pletely out of ball socket, otherwise securing clip may be dam‐
aged.

1- Securing clip
2- Mounting bracket with ball studs
3- Gas-filled strut

2.1.3 Release Cable

1 - Release Cable
❑ Replace - remove re‐
lease lever. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.4 Release Lev‐
er”, page 32
2 - Sealing Grommet
3 - Expanding Nut
AG. Volkswagen AG d
4 - Actuating Lever agen oes
olksw not
V gu
❑ Removing and instal‐ d by ara
ise nte
ling. refer to hor eo
ut
⇒ “2.1.4 Release Lev‐ ss a ra
c
er”, page 32
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

5 - Bolt
itte

y li
erm

ab

6 - Mounting Bracket
ility
ot p

❑ Cable engaged
wit
, is n

h re
hole

7 - Bracket for Release Cable


spec
es, in part or in w

8 - Hood Lock
t to the co

❑ Removing and instal‐


ling, refer to
rrectness of i

⇒ “1.1.6 Hood Lock As‐


sembly Overview”, page
l purpos

20
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 31


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
2.1.4 Release Lever orised by ara
nte
h eo
ut
Removing ss a ra
c

ce
e
– Pull release lever -1- approx. 2 cm.

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Insert a small screwdriver into gap between operating lever

erm

ab
-1- and clip -2-.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Release operating lever and unclip clip from release lever (clip

h re
falls behind trim).
hole

spec
es, in part or in w
– Unclip trim -3- at center at right angle from mounting bracket

t to the co
and below from door sill molding.
Installing

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
– First clip in trim -3- below in door sill molding. Then press in
o

m
f

en
ng

upper clip into mounting bracket.


t.
yi Co
op py
– Now, clip -2- is locked completely into release lever.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
– Then, press release lever onto mount in mounting bracket. by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Before hood is closed, a function test of release lever and release
cable must be performed.

2.1.5 Hood Lock


– Remove radiator grille
♦ Removing radiator grille Jetta / Golf through 05.07
⇒ “4.5.1 Radiator Grille”, page 246
♦ Removing radiator grille Jetta from 06.07
⇒ “4.5.2 Radiator Grille, Jetta from 06.07”, page 248
– Remove bumper
♦ Removing front bumper cover Jetta / Golf through 05.07
⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cover”, page 149
♦ Removing front bumper cover Jetta from 06.07
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07”, page 152

32 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Lock Support, Removing


– Remove 5 bolts -arrows-.
– Remove lock support -1- from lock carrier -2-.
Hood Lock, Removing

– Pull hood lock -1- slightly toward front. Using a screwdriver n AG. Volkswagen AG do
-3-, unclip release cable -2- from lock in direction of -arrow-. wage es n
olks ot
yV gu
db ara
– Disconnect connector from micro-switch. rise nte
tho eo
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. au ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
2.2 Rear Lid, Golf

rrectne
⇒ “2.2.1 Gas-Filled Strut”, page 33
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Lid Lock”, page 34

ss o
⇒ “2.2.3 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 36
cial p

f inform
⇒ “2.2.4 Rear Lid Lock, Golf from 2008”, page 36
mer

atio
m

2.2.1 Gas-Filled Strut


o

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

– Support rear lid.


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 33


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Lift securing clip -2- using a screwdriver andVol
ksremove
wa gas-filled not
strut from ball stud -1-. ed by gu
ara
ris nte
1- Combi ball stud, 15 Nm utho eo
ra
a c
ss
2- Securing clip

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
3- Gas-filled strut
itte

y li
erm

ab
4- Bolt

ility
ot p

wit
is n

5- Ball stud

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Note

t to the co
♦ When re-using gas-filled strut, securing clip -2- must not be

rrectne
removed completely out of ball socket, otherwise securing clip
may be damaged.

s
♦ For a smaller lid opening angle, there is option to install shorter

s o
cial p

gas-filled struts (about 20 mm). This results in an opening

f in
height of approx. 175 cm.

form
mer

atio
om

n
c

2.2.2 Rear Lid Lock

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

1 - Locking Clamp

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
2 - Handle C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ Removing p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Unclip lid trim (handle is Prote AG.
secured with a bolt).

– Unclip pull lever


⇒ Item 5 (page 35) ,
pry out locking clamp
⇒ Item 1 (page 34) and
remove lock cylinder
housing from handle.

– Disconnect connector
for luggage compart‐
ment light and unclip op‐
erating rod for central
locking system if neces‐
sary.

– Remove Torx bolts


⇒ Item 6 (page 35)
and remove handle from
lid.

3 - Actuator Securing Bolt


❑ Loosen and tighten us‐
ing Socket wrench -
T10010-
4 - Central Locking Actuator
❑ Removing
– Disconnect connector
from actuator.

– Remove actuator using


Socket wrench -
T10010- and remove
from lid.

34 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

5 - Pull Lever
6 - Torx Bolt
7 - Operating Rod
❑ Press actuator lever, item 11 ⇒ Item 11 (page 35) against stop and engage operating rod free of tension
8 - Lock Cylinder Housing
❑ Removing
– Unclip lid trim (handle is secured with a bolt).

– Unclip pull lever, item 5 ⇒ Item 5 (page 35) , pry out locking clamp, item 1 ⇒ Item 1 (page 34) and remove
lock cylinder housing from handle.

9 - Lock
❑ Removing
– Remove lid trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

– Disconnect connector from lock.

– Unclip operating rod, item 7 ⇒ Item 7 (page 35) , remove bolt, item 10 ⇒ Item 10 (page 35) and remove
lock from lid.
❑ install - only with striker catch in detent
10 - Oval-Head Machine Screw
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Actuator Lever

Installing
– Engage locking clamp again.
Volkswagen AG
– Position lock cylinder housing on to grip piece and lock inwhan‐
agen
AG. does
dle with an audible click. Volks not
gu
by d ara
se nte
– Then proceed in reverse order of removal. thori eo
u a ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 35


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.3 Lock Cylinder Housing

1 - Handle
2 - Guide Sleeves
3 - Handle Recess
AG. Volkswagen AG d
4 - Seal ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
5 - Retaining Clip ised ara
nte
or eo
h
6 - Pin s aut ra
c
s
7 - Circlip

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

8 - Spring

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
9 - Seal
ot

wit
, is n

10 - Lock Cylinder Housing

h re
hole

spec
❑ Removing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove rear lid trim.

– Unclip operating rod for

rrectness of i
central locking system,
pry out retaining clip
l purpos

(-5- and remove lock


cylinder housing from
handle recess -3-.

nform
mercia

11 - Rod Clip
a
com

tio
❑ For lid lock
n in
r
te o

thi

12 - Rod Clip
s
iva

do
r
rp

❑ For actuator
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.4 Rear Lid Lock, Golf from 2008


With Central Locking, refer to ⇒ page 38

Without Central Locking

36 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
Vo ot g
d by ua
r
e ante
1 - Handle Support tho
ris eo
u ra
❑ Remove: ss
a c

ce
le
❑ Remove the lid lining.

un

pt
an
Refer to⇒ Body Interior;

d
itte

y li
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal
erm

ab
and Installation

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Remove the operating
is n

h re
rod -9-.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Remove safety clip -2-


and the cylinder housing

t to the co
-6- from the handle sup‐
port.

rrectne
❑ Remove the internal
multi-teeth screw -7-and
-5- and the handle sup‐

ss
port.

o
cial p

f inform
2 - Safety Clip
mer

atio
3 - Lid Handle
om

n
c

i
❑ Removing:
or

n thi
te

sd
a

❑ Remove the lid lining.


iv

o
pr

c
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;

um
r
fo

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal

en
ng

t.
yi
and Installation
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ Remove the operating
gh ht
yri by
rod -9-. cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ Remove the cylinder
Prote AG.

housing -6-.
❑ Remove the screws -7-.
❑ Disengage the handle
and remove it.
4 - Lid Unlocking Lever
5 - Internal Multi-Teeth Screw
❑ T 30
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Upon installation, tighten after screws -7-.
6 - Cylinder Housing
❑ Removing:
❑ Remove the rear lid lining. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
❑ Disengage the control rod -6- from the operating lever -9-.
❑ Disengage safety clip -2- and remove the housing.
❑ Installing:
❑ Position the cylinder housing in the handle support.
❑ Press the safety clip -2- and lock the housing.
❑ Fit the control rod to the operating lever.
❑ Install the rear lid lining.
7 - Internal Multi-Teeth Screw
❑ T 30
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Upon installation, tighten before screws -5-.
8 - Adjustable Bushing
❑ Enables adjusting drive rod travel -9-.

2. Removal and Installation 37


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

9 - Operating Rod AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
V gu
10 - Bushing d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
11 - Lid Lock aut ra
c
ss
12 - Bolt

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

❑ 23 Nm
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Use the Multi-Teeth Socket M8 (enc. 1/2") - VW 007CV-

ility
ot p

wit
13 - Lock Unlocking Lever
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

With Central Locking

t to the co
1 - Handle Support

rrectne
❑ Removing:

s
❑ Remove the lid lining.

s o
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
cial p

f in
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal

form
mer

and Installation

atio
m

❑ Remove the operating


o

n
c

rod -9-.

i
or

n thi
te

sd
❑ Remove unblocking lev‐
iva

o
r

er operating rod -14-.


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Remove safety clip -2-


t.
yi Co
and the cylinder housing Cop py
t. rig
-6- from the handle sup‐ yri
gh by
ht
port.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
❑ Remove the internal Prote AG.
multi-teeth screw -7-and
-5- and the handle sup‐
port.
2 - Safety Clip
3 - Lid Handle
❑ Removing:
❑ Remove the lid lining.
Refer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal
and Installation
❑ Remove the operating
rod -9-.
❑ Remove unblocking lev‐
er operating rod -14-.
❑ Remove the cylinder
housing -6-.
❑ Remove the screws -7-.
❑ Disengage the handle
and remove it.
4 - Lid Unlocking Lever
5 - Internal Multi-Teeth Screw
❑ T 30
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Upon installation, tighten after screws -7-.
6 - Cylinder Housing
❑ Removing:

38 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ Remove the rear lid lining. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
❑ Disengage operating rod -9- from the unlocking lever-13-.
❑ Remove unblocking lever operating rod -14-.
❑ Disengage safety clip -2- and remove the housing.
❑ Installing:
❑ Position the cylinder housing in the handle support.
❑ Press the safety clip -2- and lock the housing.
❑ Engage operating rod -9- of the unlocking lever-13-.
❑ Engage unblocking lever operating rod -14-
❑ Install the rear lid lining.
7 - Internal Multi-Teeth Screw
❑ T 30
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 8 Nm
❑ Upon installation, tighten before screws -5-.
8 - Adjustable Bushing
❑ Enables adjusting drive rod travel -9-.
Volkswa AG. gen AG
agen does
9 - Operating Rod Volksw not
gu
by ara
ed
10 - Bushing ho ris nte
eo
t
au ra
11 - Lid Lock
ss c
ce
e
nl

12 - Bolt
pt
du

an
itte

y li

❑ 23 Nm
erm

ab
ility

❑ Use the Multi-Teeth Socket M8 (enc. 1/2") - VW 007CV-


ot p

wit
, is n

13 - Lock Unlocking Lever


h re
hole

spec

14 - Unblocking Lever Operating Rod


es, in part or in w

t to the co

15 - Adapter
16 - Motor for Unblocking The Rear Lid - V139-
rrectness of i

❑ Removing:
l purpos

❑ Remove the lid lining. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
❑ Remove the operating rod -9-.
nf
ercia

❑ Remove unblocking lever operating rod -14-.


orm
m

❑ Remove safety clip -2- and the cylinder housing -6- from the handle support.
atio
om

❑ Remove the internal multi-teeth screw -7-and -5- and the handle support.
n in
or c

thi
e

❑ Remove screws that fasten Motor For Unblocking Rear Lid - V139- on handle support.
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 39


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3 Rear Lid, Jetta


⇒ “2.3.1 Rear Lid Lock, Jetta through 05.07”, page 40
⇒ “2.3.2 Rear Lid Lock, Jetta from 06.07”, page 41
⇒ “2.3.3 Unlocking Element, Jetta from 06.07”, page 42
⇒ “2.3.4 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 43
⇒ “2.3.5 Micro-Switch”, page 44

2.3.1 Rear Lid Lock, Jetta through 05.07

1 - Lock Cylinder Housing


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.3.4 Lock Cylinder
Housing”, page 43
2 - Handle
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
70 ; Removal and Instal‐ Volkswa not
gu
lation ed by ara
n is tee
or
– Remove bolt, item au 14
th or
ac
⇒ Item 14 (page 41) ,
ss
ce
e

disconnect connector
nl

pt
du

for switch, item 3


an
itte

y li
⇒ Item 3 (page 40)
erm

ab

and remove handle from


ility
ot p

lid.
wit
, is n

h re
hole

3 - Switch for Rear Lid Release


spec

- E165-
es, in part or in w

t to the co

4 - Rear Lid
5 - Lock
rrectness of i

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
l purpos

Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation
nform
ercia

– Disconnect connector
m

at

from lock.
om

ion
c

in t
r

❑ Unclip operating rod


o

his
e

⇒ Item 11 (page 41) ,


at

do
riv

remove nuts
p

cum
or

⇒ Item 6 (page 40)


f

en
ng

t.
and remove lock.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
6 - Hex Nut
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ 7 Nm
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
7 - Actuator Lever with Linkage Clip
8 - Motor for Rear Lid Release - V139-
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
– Disconnect connector from motor.
❑ Unclip operating rods ⇒ Item 11 (page 41) and ⇒ Item 13 (page 41) .
– Remove nuts ⇒ Item 10 (page 41) and remove carrier plate ⇒ Item 12 (page 41) .
– Remove motor for rear lid release ⇒ Item 8 (page 40) from carrier plate.

40 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

9 - Actuator Lever
10 - Hex Nut
❑ 7 Nm
11 - Actuator Rod
❑ Press actuator lever, item 7 ⇒ Item 7 (page 40) against stop and engage operating rod free of tension
12 - Support Bracket
13 - Actuator Rod
❑ Press actuator lever with linkage clip, item 7 ⇒ Item 7 (page 40) against stop and engage operating rod
free of tension
14 - Bolt
❑ 7 Nm

2.3.2 Rear Lid Lock, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Rear Lid
2 - Lock
❑ Removing:
– Remove rear lid trim, re‐
fer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal
and Installation

– Disconnect connector
from lock.

– Unhook the actuator rod


-6- from the actuator lev‐
er -7-.

– Remove Hex Nuts AG. Volkswagen AG d


⇒ Item 3 (page 41) agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
3 - Hex Nut orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ Qty. 2 ss a ra
c
❑ 7.2 Nm
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

4 - Hex Nut
y li
rm

ab

❑ Qty. 3
pe

ility
ot

wit

❑ 7.2 Nm
, is n

h re
hole

5 - Support Bracket
spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing:
t to the co

– Remove rear lid trim, re‐


fer to ⇒ Body Interior;
rrectness of i

Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal


and Installation
l purpos

– Disconnect connector
from motor for rear lid
nform
ercia

release -9-
m

a
com

ti

– Unhook the actuator rod -6- from the actuator lever -7-.
on in
r
te o

thi

– Remove hex nut. item 4 ⇒ Item 4 (page 41)


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
41
by c lksw
cted
2. Removal and Installation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

6 - Actuator Rod
7 - Actuator Lever
8 - Actuator Lever with Linkage Clip
9 - Motor for Rear Lid Release - V139-

2.3.3 Unlocking Element, Jetta from 06.07


Removing
– Remove rear lid trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installation wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
e ks s no
Vol t gu
– Remove support bracket. item 5 ⇒ Item 5 (page
ed
by 41) ara
is nte
or
– Disconnect harness connector -2- fromautunlocking
h element eo
ra
-1-. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
– Rotate the unlocking element in direction of -arrow A-.

an
d
itte

y li
– Remove the unlocking element in direction of -arrow B-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Installing

wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Installation of unlocking element is the same in reverse order.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Tightening torques: Bolts -2-= 4 Nm

t to the co
• Before the rear lid is closed, a function test of the unlocking
components must be performed.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

42 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3.4 Lock Cylinder Housing

1 - VW Emblem
❑ consisting of emblem
carrier and message
❑ To install VW symbol,
remove protective foil
and adhere to lock cyl‐
inder housing using two-
sided adhesive tape
❑ also bolted to lock cylin‐
der housing
⇒ Item 7 (page 43)
2 - Lock Cylinder Housing
❑ Removing
– Remove rear lid trim, re‐
fer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal
and Installation

– Disconnect connector
for micro-switch / wiring
harness.

– Remove operating rod


at actuator lever.

– Remove bolts, item 6


⇒ Item 6 (page 43)
(3x).

– Remove lock cylinder


housing with VW sym‐
bol from rear lid.
❑ Installing: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
Installation is performed in re‐ d b ara
ise nte
verse order of removal. thor eo
au ra
ss c
3 - Micro-switch
ce
le
un

pt

❑ For vehicles with central locking system


an
d
itte

y li

❑ For vehicles without central locking system


erm

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Allocation, refer to ETKA


wit
is n

❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.3.5 Micro-Switch”, page 44


h re
ole,

spec

4 - Linkage Clip
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

❑ To remove operating rod, disconnect linkage clip and pull open


5 - Seal
rrectne

❑ Attached in area of lock cylinder housing


6 - Bolt
ss

❑ Qty. 3
o
cial p

f in

❑ 4 Nm
form
mer

atio

7 - Bolt
om

n
c

❑ Qty. 2
i
or

n thi
e

❑ 0.3 Nm
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
43
cted agen
Prote AG.
2. Removal and Installation
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
b yV ua
ed ran
Golf 1998ho➤ r , Jetta 1999 ➤
is tee
t or
Body Exterior
au - Edition 08.2003 ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
2.3.5 Micro-Switch

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Removing
pe

ility
ot

wit
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing -2-, refer to
, is n

h re
⇒ “2.3.4 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 43 .
hole

spec
– Release catches at micro-switch -1-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
To do so, press catches downward -arrow-.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

– Disengage catches -arrows- of micro-switch -1- from lock cyl‐

thi
s
inder housing -2-.
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Remove micro-switch -1- from lock cylinder -2-.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Installing Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure wires -1- and -2- in retaining profile -arrow- of micro-


switch -3-.

– Lock catches -arrows- of micro-switch -1- into lock cylinder


housing -2-.

44 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Make sure that micro-switch is positioned with securing tabs


-arrows- on lock cylinder housing -1-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
– Before locking micro-switch, if must ksw be checked that wiresesare
ag do
no
Vol
lying correctly in retainingeprofile
db
y of micro-switch and lock cyl‐t guara
inder. If this is not casehorand
is micro-switch is locked, wires/ nte
eo
micro-switch may bea damaged.
ut ra
c
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Lock micro-switch -1- with lock cylinder housing -2-. Make sure

t to the co
that catch -arrow- is locks correctly.
– Install lock cylinder housing. Refer to
⇒ “2.3.4 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 43

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

2.4 Rear Lid, Jetta Wagon


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
⇒ “2.4.1 Rear Lid Lock”, page 45
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
⇒ “2.4.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 47
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.4.3 Micro-Switch”, page 48

2.4.1 Rear Lid Lock

2. Removal and Installation 45


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Lock Cylinder Housing


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.4.2 Lock Cylinder
Housing”, page 47
2 - Handle
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Instal‐
lation
– Remove bolt
⇒ Item 4 (page 46) ,
disconnect connector
for switch
⇒ Item 3 (page 46)
and remove handle from
lid.

3 - Tailgate/Trunk Lid Release


Switch - E165-
4 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 7 Nm agen oes
olksw not
V gu
by ara
5 - Carrier Plate rised
nte
ho eo
ut
6 - Operating Rod ss a ra
c
❑ Press actuator lever

ce
e
nl

pt
du

with linkage clip

an
itte

y li
⇒ Item 13 (page 47)
erm

ab
against stop and en‐

ility
ot p

gage operating rod free

wit
, is n

of tension

h re
hole

spec
7 - Nut
es, in part or in w

❑ 7 Nm

t to the co
8 - Tailgate/Trunk Lid Release
Motor - V139-

rrectness of i
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
l purpos

– Disconnect connector from motor.


nform
ercia

– Unclip operating rod, item 6 ⇒ Item 6 (page 46) from lock cylinder housing.
m

at

– Unclip operating rod, item 9 ⇒ Item 9 (page 46) from motor for rear lid release.
om

ion
c

in t
or

– Removehex nuts, item 8 ⇒ Item 7 (page 46) and remove carrier plate, item 5 ⇒ Item 5 (page 46) .
his
ate

do
priv

– Remove motor for rear lid release, item 8 ⇒ Item 8 (page 46) from carrier plate.
um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
9 - Operating Rod t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Press actuator lever with operating rod, item 13 ⇒ Item 13 (page 47) against stop and engage operating
ht
pyri by
Vo
rod free of tension
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
10 - Bolt
❑ 22 Nm
11 - Lock
❑ Removing
– Remove lid trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation

– Disconnect connector from lock.


❑ Unclip operating rod, item 9 ⇒ Item 9 (page 46) , remove bolt, item 10 ⇒ Item 10 (page 46) (2 pieces)
and remove lock.

46 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

12 - Rear Lid
13 - Actuator Lever with Linkage Clip

2.4.2 Lock Cylinder Housing

1 - VW-Emblem
❑ consisting of emblem en AG. V
olkswagen AG
carrier and message olkswag does
not
y V gu
❑ To install VW symbol,
ise
d b ara
nte
remove protective
uthor
foil eo
and adheress a to lock cyl‐ ra
c
inder housing using two-

ce
e
nl

sided adhesive tape

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ also bolted to lock cylin‐
erm

ab
der housing, item 7

ility
ot p

⇒ Item 7 (page 47)

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Lock Cylinder Housing
hole

spec
❑ Removing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove rear lid trim, re‐
fer to ⇒ Body Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal

rrectness of i
and Installation
l purpos

– Disconnect connector
for micro-switch / wiring
nform
ercia

harness.
m

at

– Remove operating rod


om

ion

at actuator lever
c

in t
or

his
ate

– Remove bolts, item 6


do
priv

⇒ Item 6 (page 47)


um
for

en
g

(3x).
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t.
– Remove lock cylinder
rig
gh ht
yri by
housing with VW sym‐ cop Vo
by lksw
bol from rear lid. cted agen
Prote AG.

❑ Installing:
Installation is performed in re‐
verse order of removal.

3 - Micro-switch
❑ for vehicles with central locking system
❑ for vehicles without central locking system
❑ Allocation, refer to ETKA
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.4.3 Micro-Switch”, page 48
4 - Linkage Clip
❑ To remove operating rod, disconnect linkage clip and pull open
5 - Seal
❑ Applied in area of lock cylinder housing
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 4 Nm
7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2

2. Removal and Installation 47


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ 0.3 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
ho eo
2.4.3 Micro-Switch ut ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl
Removing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing -2-, refer to

erm

ab
⇒ “2.4.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 47 .

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
– Release catches -arrow- at micro-switch -1-.

h re
hole

spec
To do so, press catches downward.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Disengage catches -arrows- of micro-switch -1- from lock cyl‐


m

at
om

i
inder housing -2-.

on
c

in t
or

– Remove micro-switch -1- from lock cylinder -2-.

his
ate

do
riv

Installing
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Secure wires-1- and -2- in retaining profile -arrow- of micro-


switch -3-.

– Lock catches -arrows- of micro-switch -1- into lock cylinder


housing -2-.

48 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Make sure that micro-switch is positioned with securing tabs


-arrows- on lock cylinder housing -1-.
– Before locking micro-switch, if must be checked that wires are
lying correctly in retaining profile of micro-switch and lock cyl‐
inder. If this is not case and micro-switch is locked, wires/
micro-switch may be damaged.

– Lock micro-switch -1- with lock cylinder housing -2-. Make sure
that catch -arrow- is engage correctly.
– Install lock cylinder housing, refer to
⇒ “2.4.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 47 .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
2.5 Fuel Tank Door Unit
ot

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “2.5.1 Fuel Tank Door Unit, Golf”, page 49
hole

spec
⇒ “2.5.2 Fuel Tank Door Unit, Jetta”, page 51
es, in part or in w

t to the co
2.5.1 Fuel Tank Door Unit, Golf
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 49


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Tank Flap Unit


❑ Removing:
– Remove fuel tank cap.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
– Press back release yV
olks rod ot g
ua
by operating ise
dremote un‐
b ran
locking.uthor tee
or
a ac
ss
– Remove bolt. Refer to 2

ce
e
nl

⇒ Item 2 (page 50) .

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove rubber part of

ility
ot p

tank filler flange and

wit
swivel out fuel flap unit
, is n

h re
from side panel.
hole

spec
❑ Installing:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Assembly piece and actuator
element are installed.

rrectness of i
– Install fuel flap unit (rub‐
l purpos

ber part rolled up) with


hinge side first.

nform
ercia

– Bolt in fuel flap unit and


assembly piece.
m

at
om

ion
c

2 - Bolt
in t
or

his
ate

3 - Tank Flap Cup


do
priv

cum
or

❑ Removing and installing


f

en
g

(can only be removed as


n

t.
yi Co
op
part of fuel flap unit) C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
❑ To remove fuel filler cap, p by
co Vo
press out securing pin in
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
fuel flap unit
AG.

4 - Drain Hose
5 - Side Panel
6 - Release Rod
7 - Actuator for Fuel Filler Flap
8 - Seal
9 - Assembly Piece
❑ Inserted into side panel
10 - Rubber Piece

50 Rep. Gr.55 - Hood, Lids


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.5.2 Fuel Tank Door Unit, Jetta

1 - Tank Flap Unit


❑ Removing:
– Unscrew fuel tank cap.

– Press back release rod


by operating remote un‐
locking.

– Remove bolt, item 2


⇒ Item 2 (page 51) .

– Remove rubber part of


tank filler flange and
swivel out fuel flap unit
from side panel.
❑ Installing:
Assembly piece and actuator
element are installed.
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
– Install fuel flap unit (rub‐
olks
wa not
ber part rolled up) ewithyV gu
db ara
hinge side first.horis nte
eo
ut ra
sa c
– Bolt in fuel flap unit
s and ce
le

assembly piece.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
2 - Bolt
rm

ab
pe

ility

❑ 1.5 Nm
ot

wit
, is n

h re

3 - Tank Flap Cup


hole

spec

❑ Removing and installing


es, in part or in w

(can only be removed as


t to the co

part of fuel flap unit)


❑ To remove fuel filler cap,
rrectness of i

press out securing pin in


fuel flap unit
l purpos

4 - Assembly Piece
❑ Inserted into side panel
nform
ercia

5 - Seal
m

a
com

tion in

6 - Actuator for Fuel Filler Flap


r
te o

thi

7 - Angle Bracket
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

8 - Release Rod
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
9 - Rubber Piece t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ Must be rolled for installation
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
10 - Side Panel
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 51


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

57 – Front doors, Central locking system


1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Front Door”, page 52
⇒ “1.2 Central Locking System”, page 58

1.1 Front Door


⇒ “1.1.1 Front Door Assembly Overview”, page 52
⇒ “1.1.2 Door, Adjusting”, page 54
⇒ “1.1.3 Door Handle and Lock Assembly Overview”, page 55
⇒ “1.1.4 Door Seals Assembly Overview”, page 56
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
1.1.1 Front Door Assembly Overview d byV
olksw not
gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
Note ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

♦ Bolts for door hinges must always be replaced after loosening.


itte

y li
rm

ab
♦ To remove and adjust upper door hinges, instrument cluster must be removed.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

52 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Door
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Door”,
page 62
2 - Door Handle with Backing wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
s
Plate yV
olk ot g
ua
d b ran
❑ Removing and instal‐ o
ir se tee
ling, refer to auth or
ac
⇒ “2.1.3 Door Handle”, ss

ce
le
page 64

un

pt
an
d
itte
3 - Lock Cylinder Housing

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing, refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder

wit
is n

Housing”, page 63

h re
ole,

spec
4 - Cover Cap
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
5 - Bolt
❑ 18 Nm

rrectne
6 - Locking Knob
❑ Removing and instal‐

ss
ling, refer to

o
cial p

f
⇒ “2.1.5 Locking Knob

inform
for Locking Rod,
mer

through 02.00”,

atio
m

page 69
o

n
c

i
or

n thi
7 - Locking Rod
te

sd
iva

o
r

8 - Boot
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

9 - Bolt
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ 20 Nm
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
10 - Lock Plate
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
11 - Door Lock
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to ⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”, page 66
12 - Release Cable
13 - Interior Release Handle
14 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening
15 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Only this bolt must be removed to remove door from hinge
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening
16 - Door Hinge with Door Arrester
❑ Hinge is divided
17 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Installed from vehicle interior side
❑ Remove lower A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation

1. Description and Operation 53


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jettad b1999
yV
o
➤ ot g
ua
ran
Body Exterior -hoEdition
rise
08.2003 tee
ut or
a ac
❑ 1 s
20 Nm + / turns (90°) turn
4 s

ce
le
un

pt
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening

an
d
itte

y li
rm
18 - Bolt

ab
pe

ility
❑ M8×28
ot

wit
, is n

h re
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
hole

spec
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening
es, in part or in w

t to the co
19 - Bolt
❑ M8×28

rrectness of i
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
l purpos

❑ Always replace bolts after loosening


20 - Cover Cap

nform
ercia

21 - Bolt
m

a
com

ti
❑ 13 Nm

on in
r
te o

thi
22 - Door Hinge

s
iva

do
❑ Hinge is divided
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

23 - Bolt
n

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ M8×22 t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ Installed from vehicle interior side cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ To loosen or tighten bolt, removing and installing instrument cluster, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
Prote AG.
70 ; Removal and Installation
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening
24 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening

1.1.2 Door, Adjusting


For proper door adjustment, door hinge must be loosened at pil‐
lar. Other measures, such as aligning door upward, are not ef‐
fective. Excess pressure thereafter will again cause door to sag.
For this, Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with Box spanner -
3320/2- must be used.
If it should be necessary that door hinge must be loosened at
upper A-pillar from inside, Socket insert - 3410- can be used. To
do so, instrument cluster must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body In‐
terior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

54 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Adjusting Door at Striker Plate


– Loosen bolts -2-.
– Move striker plate -1- until door shell is flush with contour of
body.
– Tighten bolts.
Tightening torque: 20 Nm

WARNING
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Use this adjustment only to aligny Vthe olksdoor inward or outward, s not g
w e
not vertically. Door should not e move up or down when closed
d b ua
ran
ris
or opened. If this occurs, vertical
tho alignment of striker is incor‐ tee
or
rect ss
au ac

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

1.1.3 Door Handle and Lock Assembly Overview

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
1 - Door Lock
hole

spec
❑ Door lock can only be
es, in part or in w

t to the co
removed in conjunction
with carrier assembly.
❑ Removing and instal‐

rrectness of i
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”,
l purpos

page 66
2 - Cable

nf
ercia

or
❑ Lock release
m
m

atio
om

3 - Angle Bracket
n in
or c

thi

❑ Bolted and riveted to


te

sd
a

door lock
iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

❑ Does not belong to door


f

en
ng

t.
lock delivery casing
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
4 - Bolt gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ This bolt was replaced
by c lksw
cted agen
by a Torx bolt, and a
Prote AG.

new tool must be used


for it
❑ Wrench - Driver -
T10011-
❑ Wrench - Driver -
T10072-
❑ By loosening this bolt,
locking mechanism for
lock cylinder housing
⇒ Item 11 (page 56) is
disengaged and may be
removed from mounting
bracket
⇒ Item 5 (page 55) .
❑ Bolt ⇒ Item 4 (page 55)
must not be threaded in
without lock cylinder
housing installed. Lock mechanism ring may fall into door.
5 - Mounting Bracket
❑ Removing
Door handle, lock cylinder housing and carrier assembly have been removed

1. Description and Operation 55


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove bolt ⇒ Item 6 (page 56) , slide mounting bracket slightly to rear and remove from door.

6 - Bolt
7 - Key
❑ With radio-frequency remote control (non-foldable)
❑ Changing battery through 04.01, refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Batteries for Remote Control Key, through 04.01”, page 75
8 - Key
❑ With radio-frequency remote control (foldable)
❑ Changing battery through 04.01, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Batteries for Folding Remote Control Key, through 04.01”, page 77
❑ Changing battery from 05.01, refer to
⇒ “2.2.3 Batteries for Folding Remote Control Key, through 05.01”, page 78
❑ Adapting new/additional keys to remote control. Refer to
⇒ “1.2.2 Remote Control Keys, Adapting”, page 60
9 - Door Handle with Backing Plate
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.3 Door Handle”, page 64
10 - Cover Cap
11 - Lock Cylinder Housing
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63
❑ Lock cylinder is not available as an individual replacement part
12 - Base Plate

1.1.4 Door Seals Assembly Overview


Door seals are equipped at factory with sealant, applied to door
flange and then rolled on.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
Note byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
♦ During removal of seal,au sealant is distributed on interior side
th or
ac
of seal and flanks are
ss bent up easily. If seal is re-installed,
sealing performance and proper seating are no longer guar‐
ce
e
nl

pt
du

anteed.
an
itte

y li
erm

ab

♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be re‐


ility
ot p

placed with a so-called »Hammer-stroke seal«.


wit
, is n

h re

♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks must be pressed to‐


hole

gether before installation.


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Door Seals, Assembly Overview


rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

56 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Door Inner Seal, 4-door


❑ To install seal, begin in
upper radius of door cut
out.
2 - Door Inner Seal, 2-door
❑ To install seal, begin at
B-pillar trim
3 - Internal Door Seal
4 - Auxiliary Seal
❑ Material - TPE
❑ Auxiliary seal cannot be
removed without de‐
stroying it
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
❑ Removing and instal‐ lkswage es n
o ot g
ling, refer to byV ua
d ran
⇒ “2.1.8 Auxiliary Seal”, ir se tee
ho
page 73 aut or
ac
ss
5 - Outer Door Seal, 4-door

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

6 - Clip

y li
erm

ab
❑ Inserted into door seal

ility
ot p

wit
is n

7 - Clip

h re
ole,

❑ Inserted into door seal

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

8 - Outer Door Seal, 2-door

t to the co
Note

rrectne
♦ Trim must be removed in order to
remove door seals.

ss o
cial p

f
♦ Depending on space arrange‐

inform
ment, it may be necessary to re‐
mer

move instrument cluster as well.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 57


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Central Locking System


⇒ “1.2.1 Comfort System and Central Locking System Assembly
Overview”, page 58
⇒ “1.2.2 Remote Control Keys, Adapting”, page 60

1.2.1 Comfort System and Central Locking System Assembly Overview

1 - Coupling Station
❑ Component location:
Lower A-pillar, covered
by footwell trim.
– Remove lower A-pillar
trim. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installa‐
tion .

2 - Door Control Module, RF


❑ Only for comfort system
❑ Integrated in window
regulator motor
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim, re‐ en AG. Volkswagen AG
fer to ⇒ Body Interior; olks
wag does
not
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal
e d byV gu
ara
and Installation
horis . nte
e
ut or
ac
sa
– Removing front
s carrier
ce
e

assembly. Refer to
nl

pt
du

an

⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assem‐


itte

y li

bly”, page 193 .


erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove window regula‐


wit
, is n

tor motor. Refer to


h re
hole

⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regu‐


spec

lator Motor or Carrier


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Assembly with Window


Regulator”, page 203 .
rrectness of i

3 - Door Lock, RF
❑ Door lock is secured to
l purpos

carrier assembly
❑ Electrical central locking
nf
ercia

system is integrated in
orm

door lock module


m

atio
m

❑ Removing:
o

n in
or c

thi
e

– Removing door trim ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

– Removing front carrier assembly. Refer to ⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove door lock. Refer to ⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”, page 66 . C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
4 - Coupling Station
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Component location: B-pillar
AG.

– Remove lower B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

5 - Door Control Module, RR


❑ Only for comfort system
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor

58 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

– Remove window regulator motor. Refer to


⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regulator Motor or Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator”, page 203 .

6 - Door Lock, RR
❑ Door lock is secured to carrier assembly
❑ Electrical central locking system is integrated in door lock module
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

– Remove door lock. Refer to ⇒ “2.1.3 Door Lock”, page 87


n AG . Volkswage
7 - Motor for Fuel Tank Lid Unlock - V155- wage
n AG d
oes
Volks not
❑ Component location: under C-pillar trim ed by gu
ara
ris nte
❑ To remove, luggage compartment trim up touwheelhousing
tho must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body eo
ra
Interior;
Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation . ss a c

ce
le

❑ Can be removed using Wrench - Driver - T10010-


un

pt
an
d
itte

8 - Rear Lid Lock

y li
rm

ab
pe

❑ Screwed onto lid

ility
ot

wit
❑ Removing:
, is n

h re
hole

– Remove rear lid trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove lid lock.

9 - Rear Lid Actuator

rrectness of i
❑ Installed onto lid
l purpos

❑ Can be removed using Wrench - Driver - T10010-


10 - Door Lock, LR

nform
ercia

❑ Door lock is secured to carrier assembly


m

a
❑ Electrical central locking system is integrated in door lock module
com

tion in
❑ Removing:
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

do
r
rp

cum
fo

– Remove door lock. Refer to ⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”, page 66 .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
11 - Coupling Station
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Component location: in area of rear roof crossmember, covered by roof trim
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Removing roof trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

12 - Anti-Theft Alarm Horn


❑ Component location: in area of C-pillar, covered by C-pillar trim
13 - Door Control Module, LR
❑ Only for comfort system
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor
❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

– Removing rear carrier assembly, refer to


⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door Window and Quarter Window Carrier Assembly”, page 196 .

– Remove window regulator motor. Refer to


⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regulator Motor or Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator”, page 203 .

1. Description and Operation 59


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ horis nte
eo
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
14 - Coupling Station

du

an
itte

y li
❑ Component location: B-pillar

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Remove lower B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

wit
, is n

h re
15 - Door Lock, LF

hole

spec
❑ Door lock is secured to carrier assembly

es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Electrical central locking system is integrated in door lock module
❑ Removing:

rrectness of i
– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
l purpos
– Removing front carrier assembly, refer to ⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 .

nform
ercia

– Remove door lock. Refer to ⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”, page 66 .


m

at
16 - Operating Unit
om

ion
c

❑ Installed in door trim

in t
or

his
te

❑ Removing:
a

do
priv

cum
or

– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
17 - Door Control Module, LF
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
❑ Only for comfort system py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
❑ Integrated in window regulator motor
agen
Prote AG.

❑ Removing:
– Removing door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

– Removing front carrier assembly. Refer to ⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 .
– Remove window regulator motor. Refer to
⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regulator Motor or Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator”, page 203 .

18 - Antenna for Remote Control


❑ Under left, A-pillar trim
❑ Removing:
– Remove A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
19 - Coupling Station
❑ Component location: Lower A-pillar, covered by footwell trim.
– Remove lower left A-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

20 - Central Module
❑ Bolted on under instrument cluster with bracket at steering column
❑ To remove, lower steering column trim must be removed beforehand. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
68 ; Removal and Installation
21 - Hood Lock
❑ Contact switch for ATWS
❑ Component location: in lock carrier
– Removing hood lid lock. Refer to ⇒ “2.1.5 Hood Lock”, page 32

1.2.2 Remote Control Keys, Adapting


Adaptation of keys with remote control is performed using Vehicle
Diagnostic, Testing and Information System - VAS5051- .
– Select “Guided Fault-Finding” on Vehicle Diagnostic, Testing
and Information System - VAS5051- .

60 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Via Go To button, select “Function-/Component selection”


and following menu points in sequence:
♦ Chassis
♦ Body-Interior; Repair
♦ 01 - On Board Diagnostic (OBD) capable systems
♦ Comfort system
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
♦ Functions - Comfort system lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
ed ran
♦ Adaptation of keys with radio-frequencyoris remote control tee
th or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 61


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Removal and Installation


⇒ “2.1 Front Door”, page 62
⇒ “2.2 Central Locking System”, page 75

2.1 Front Door


⇒ “2.1.1 Door”, page 62
⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63
⇒ “2.1.3 Door Handle”, page 64
⇒ “2.1.4 Door Lock”, page 66
⇒ “2.1.5 Locking Knob for Locking Rod, through 02.00”,
page 69
⇒ “2.1.6 Door Lock Button, from 03.00”, page 70
⇒ “2.1.7 Door Seals”, page 72
⇒ “2.1.8 Auxiliary Seal”, page 73

2.1.1 Door

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

62 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove lower A-pillar trim -5-. Refer to⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disconnect connectors -6- at A-pillar.
– Remove boot -3- from A-pillar. Thread electrical wires out
through opening -arrow- from pillar.
– Pry off cover cap -2- and remove bolt -1- from upper hinge
pins. Tightening torque: 13 Nm
– Remove bolt -4- using Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- and
Wrench - Door Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/2- from hinge.
Tightening torque: 20 Nm + 1/4 turn (90°) turn

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
This bolt must always be replaced. ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
ho eo
ut ra
– Lift out door upward from angle hinge. ss a c

ce
e
nl

2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

Removing

ab
ility
ot p

– Pry out cap -3-.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 63


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pull door handle -1- and hold in this position. Remove bolt
-3- using Wrench - Driver - T10011- ( Wrench - Driver -
T10072- introduced as running change) until stop. Lock cylin‐
der housing is loosened by doing so.

Note

If bolt has been loosened too far, this may cause lock mechanism
ring to loosen from mounting bracket and fall into door.

– Remove lock cylinder housing -2- at right angle to door from


door handle mounting bracket.
Installing
– Insert lock cylinder housing at right angle into door handle
mounting bracket.
– Now screw in bolt into mounting bracket using torque wrench.
Door handle engages again into lock cylinder housing with a very
audible click.

Note

During installation, door handle and lock cylinder housing must


be pressed onto door plate.

– Then, perform in reverse order of removal.


• Then a function test must be performed, since door cannot be
opened if adjustment and clips of release cable are not correct.

2.1.3 Door Handle


AG. Volkswagen
Removing and installinglkswlock cylinder housing. Refer
agen AG do
es n to
⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder
db
y V Housing”, page 63 .
o ot g
ua
r e an
ris tee
Removing utho or
sa ac
– Unclip sclip -1- from door handle.
ce
le
un

pt

– Remove door handle from door.


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

Installing
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

64 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
ut ra
– Guide Door Handle
ss a
Assembly Tool - T10034- into door c
through opening in inner door plate.
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Light inner part of door using a flashlight for better view.


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

– Hook assembly tool into spring -1- -arrow A-.


ility
ot

wit
, is n

– Engage spring into door lock by pulling Door Handle Assembly


h re

Tool - T10034- -arrow B-.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Insert door handle into door.


t to the co

– Insert clip -1- into metal cut out and engage into door handle
-2-.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nform
ercia

During installation, door handle -2- must be pressed onto door


plate.
m

a
com

tion in

Install lock cylinder housing. Refer to


r
te o

thi

⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 .


s
iva

do
r
rp

• Then a function test must be performed with door opened,


um
fo

en
g

since door cannot be opened if adjustment and clips of release


n

t.
yi Co
cable are not correct. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
65
agen
Prote AG.
2. Removal and Installation
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.4 Door Lock


Window regulator, door lock and loudspeaker are secured to car‐
rier assembly.
Door lock can only be removed in conjunction with carrier as‐
sembly.
Carrier assembly can only be removed when door window has
been removed at clamping brackets of window regulator. For this
purpose, door window must be driven down to height of installa‐
tion holes in carrier assembly and clamping brackets loosened.
If it is not possible to drive down door window by electrical
kswagen AG
window
regulator, first exact cause of malfunction G. Volbe
gen Amust determined.
does
s wa
k not
Vol gu
To do so, using Vehicle Diagnostic by Tester System - VAG1551- , ara
ed nte
check DTC Memory of comfort oris system (address word 46). Refer eo
th
to ⇒ Body On Board Diagnostic;
ss
au Rep. Gr. 01 ; Diagnosis and ra
c
Testing .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
If there is an electrical malfunction via window regulator motor,
itte

y li
this can be removed from carrier assembly.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removing

wit
, is n

h re
– Removing front door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
hole

spec
70 ; Removal and Installation .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 .
– Unclip clip -1- from door handle.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Pry off caps -1-. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
– Lower door window until securing bolts of door window are
AG.

accessible.

Note

If work step is not possible due to a malfunction via electrical win‐


dow regulator, window regulator motor can be removed to be able
to slide window down.

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamping brackets apart.


– Slide door windows upward and secure (e.g. using adhesive
tape).

66 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disconnect all connectors -arrows-.

– Remove bolts -2-.


Tightening torque: 20 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
– Remove rise dbolts -arrows-. Remove upper carrier assembly
ara
nte from
door,uth lift and lift out from door toward door hinges.e o
o
ra
a c
ss
– Rotate carrier assembly and disconnect connector from door
ce
le

lock.
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

– Then, unclip clips for electrical wires from rear side of carrier
erm

ab

assembly.
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

– Drive out clips -1- using a drift.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 67


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Unclip cable -2- from clip -1-.


– Using a screwdriver -3-, pry off door lock with assembly aid
from carrier assembly.

Note

Angle bracket is not part of parts supplied with door lock. It is


secured to door lock with a bolt and a blind rivet.

– Unclip locking rod -1-. To do so, turn door lock in direction of


-arrow-.
– Unclip cable -2-.
– Turn end of cable 90° and remove from eyelet.
Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

68 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of -arrow-.


– Using a screwdriver, tension spring -2- secured to door lock in
direction of -arrow- and engage lock lever into spring.

Note

Lock is secured by engaging operating lever. Thereby later incorrect clipping-in of release cable is prevented.

– Insert carrier assembly into door.


– Tighten all bolts. Tighten bolts marked -1- and -2- in reverse
order of removal.
Tightening torque: 8 Nm
– Remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Press door window -3- into window guide -arrow- and tighten
clamping brackets with bolts -4-.
• Tightening torque: Plastic clamping brackets 9 Nm, aluminum
clamping brackets 11 Nm.
– Then, perform in reverse order of removal.
• Then, perform a function load test.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
is nte
2.1.5 Locking Knob for Locking Rod, through or eo
h
aut ra
02.00 ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Following descriptions of removing and installing locking knob


itte

y li

must always be observed.


rm

ab
pe

ility

If disregarded, locking rods may rotate out of front door locks and
ot

wit
, is n

relays may rotate into rear doors/damage mounts.


h re
hole

spec

Right Front and Left Rear Door


es, in part or in w

t to the co

Removing
– Unscrew locking knob 180° to left.
rrectness of i

– Remove locking knob upward -arrow-.


l purpos

Installing
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 69


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 ksw
agen oes
not
ol
byV gu
ara
d
– Attach locking knob onto locking rod with marking
orise
-small point nte
eo
on top side- toward vehicle interior side. auth ra
ss c
– Press locking knob onto locking rod only as far until corruga‐

ce
e
nl

pt
tion is at height of door trim.

du

an
itte

y li
erm
– Then screw locking knob 180° to left.

ab
ility
ot p
When locked, locking knob can be approximately 2 mm over door

wit
, is n
trim.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

Left Front and Right Rear Door

t to the co
Removing
– Unscrew locking knob 180° to right.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
– Remove locking knob upward -arrow-.
te

sd
iva

o
r

Installing
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Attach locking knob onto locking rod with marking -small point
on top side- toward vehicle interior side.
– Press locking knob onto locking rod only as far until corruga‐
tion is at height of door trim.
– Then screw locking knob 180° to right.
When locked, locking knob can be approximately 2 mm over door
trim.

2.1.6 Door Lock Button, from 03.00


Lock buttons' removal and installation description must be strictly
observed.
In case of failure in following the instructions, the blocking rods
may turn and escape from front door locks and rear lid inverting
levers, or the fixtures may be damaged.

70 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Front Right Door and Rear Left Door


Removing wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
– Turn lock button 180° to the left. byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
– Remove lock button, by pulling it upwards. auth or
ac
ss
Installing

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
– Place lock button on lock operating lever with the mark (small
spot on top) facing the vehicle's inner part.

ss
– Press lock button against lock rod until button's splined region

o
cial p

f
is flushed with the door's lining.

inform
mer

– Turn lock button 180° to the left.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Note
t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

♦ When locked, the button may be at a distance “a” from the pin

en
ng

t.
passage frame.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ The measure “a” is at most 2 mm over the pin passage frame. gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
♦ Make sure that other pins are at the same height. Prote
cted AG.
agen

Front Left Door and Rear Right Door


Removing

– Turn lock button 180° to the right.


– Remove lock button, by pulling it upwards.
Installing

2. Removal and Installation 71


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Place lock button on lock lever with the mark (small spot on
top) facing the vehicle's inner part.
– Press lock button against lock rod until button's splined region
is flushed with the door's lining.
– Turn lock button 180° to the right.

Note

♦ When locked, the button may be at a distance “a” from the pin
passage frame.
♦ The measure “a” is at most 2 mm over the pin passage frame.
♦ Make sure that other pins are at the same height.

2.1.7 Door Seals

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Door seals are equipped at factory with sealant, applied to door


flange and then rolled on.

72 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Note

♦ During removal of seal, sealant is distributed on interior side of seal and flanks are bent up easily. If seal is
re-installed, sealing performance and proper seating are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be oreplaced
en AG. V
lkswagen Awith
G
a so-called Hammer-stroke seal.
ag does
lksw
♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks mustVo be pressed together before oinstallation.
t gu n
by a
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
au ac
ss
1 - Door Inner Seal, 4-door

ce
le
un

pt
❑ To install seal, begin in

an
d
itte

y li
upper radius of door cut
rm

ab
out.
pe

ility
ot

wit
2 - Door Inner Seal, 2-door
, is n

h re
hole

❑ To install seal, begin at

spec
B-pillar trim
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Internal Door Seal
4 - Auxiliary Seal

rrectness of i
❑ Material - TPE
l purpos

❑ Auxiliary seal cannot be


removed without de‐
stroying it

nform
ercia

❑ Removing and instal‐


m

a
ling. Refer to
com

tio
⇒ “2.1.8 Auxiliary Seal”,

n in
r
te o

page 73

thi
s
iva

do
5 - Outer Door Seal, 4-door
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

6 - Clip
n

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Inserted into door seal t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
7 - Clip
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Inserted into door seal
AG.

8 - Outer Door Seal, 2-door

Note

♦ Trim must be removed in order to


remove door seals.
♦ Depending on space arrange‐
ment, it may be necessary to re‐
move instrument cluster as well.

2.1.8 Auxiliary Seal


Materials
♦ Sprayable sealant -D 476 KD9 A3-

♦ Bonding agent -ALO 822 000 04- 4)

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10-

4) As an option, Bonding Agent - D 822 150 A1- can also be used

2. Removal and Installation 73


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Removing
– Remove auxiliary seal outward from center in direction of
-arrow-.
– Cut through sealant (adhesive) at ends of auxiliary seal (only
top position is shown in illustration) using a cutting knife.
– Remove adhesive tape residue from door.

– So that new auxiliary seal is not installed too strongly at ends,


sealant must be cut back (do not remove down to paint).
Installing
– Clean ends of auxiliary seal using Cleaning Solution - D 009
401 04- . Air drying time is 5 minutes.
– Now spray Bonding Agent - ALO 822 000 04- on thinly and
observe air drying time of 10 minutes.
Before applying auxiliary seal, seal should be held once on door
to check length and fit.

– Apply a small point of Sealant - D 476 KD9 A3- on ends.

Note

Do not apply too much sealant. Remove excessive material.


. Volkswagen AG
– Now remove foil from auxiliary
ksw
agen seal.
AG does
not
ol
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Attach auxiliary seal -1- at top at sealing seam -arrow-. Press


on auxiliary seal to door from top to bottom. A dimension -a-
rrectne

of approx. 21 mm results at end of additional seal to door


flange.
ss

– Roll auxiliary seal on well using Application Roller for Door In‐
o
cial p

f i

sulation Foil - 3356- .


nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw

74
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system
AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove any excessive, pressed-out sealing material from


door.

Note

It may take a few days for sealing material to dry completely.

2.2 Central Locking System


⇒ “2.2.1 Batteries for Remote Control Key, through 04.01”,
page 75
⇒ “2.2.2 Batteries for Folding Remote Control Key, through
04.01”, page 77
AG. Volkswagen
⇒ “2.2.3 Batteries for Folding RemotelksControl
wage
n Key, through
AG do
es n
05.01”, page 78 db
yV
o ot g
ua
e ran
ris tee
2.2.1 Batteries for Remote Control Key, autho or
ac
ss
through 04.01

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
1- Radio-frequency unit - upper part (folded up)
itte

y li
erm

ab
2- Transponder battery

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3- Contact plate

h re
hole

spec
4- Transponder battery
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5- Radio-frequency unit - lower part
6- Main key with variable code transponder
rrectness of i

In order to distinguish keys with transponder and variable code


transponder, main key is identified by an engraved “w”.
l purpos

Removing
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
e

– Insert screwdriver in slot between radio-frequency unit -1- and


t

sd
iva

key -2-.
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

– Rotate screwdriver in direction of -arrow- and detach radio


t.
yi Co
op
frequency unit from key. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 75


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pry apart radio frequency unit at both catches -arrows-.

– Use a screwdriver to unclip upper battery -1- out of holders


-2- in direction of -arrow-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
– Contact plate -1- has two straight edges.yContactVo lks plate can be ot g
taken out when these edges are turned ir se
d in direction of catches.
b ua
ran
o tee
h
– Contact plate can also be unclippedaut
using a screwdriver. or
ac
ss
– Now unclip lower battery from holder using a screwdriver.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

Installing
y li
erm

ab
ility

Note polarity and installation position of batteries when installing.


ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Place battery -4- in transmitter with positive terminal down‐


rrectness of i

ward (positive terminal is marked in housing).


l purpos

– Now set contact plate -3- onto battery -4-.


– Now position battery -2- onto contact plate with positive ter‐
nf
ercia

minal downward and lock.


orm
m

atio

– Connect upper part of radio-frequency unit -1- with lower part


om

of radio-frequency unit -5- and clip.


n in
or c

thi
e

– Then engage radio-frequency unit on key.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

76 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.2 Batteries for Folding Remote Control


Key, through 04.01
1- Radio-frequency unit - upper part
2- Key with variable code transponder
3- Radio-frequency unit - lower part
4- Battery
Removing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
– Insert screwdriver in slot between radio-frequency unit -1- and ss c

ce
e

key -2-.
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Rotate screwdriver in direction of -arrow- and detach radio

y li
erm

ab
frequency unit from key.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Press radio-frequency apart unit in direction of -arrow-.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Use a screwdriver to pry batteries out of holders in direction of


-arrow-.
Installing
Note polarity and installation position of batteries when installing.
– Place batteries in radio-frequency unit with positive terminal
downward (positive terminal is marked in housing).
– Press on battery with light pressure to engage it in radio-fre‐
quency unit.
– Reattach cover to radio-frequency unit (do not damage seal).

2. Removal and Installation 77


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 Volksw
oes
not
by gu
d ara
ise nte
– Then engage radio-frequency unit on key.uthor eo
a ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
2.2.3 Batteries for Folding Remote Control Key, through 05.01
l purpos

nform
ercia

1 - Key with Alternating Code


Transponder
m

a
com

tio
2 - Radio Remote Container -

n in
r
te o

Upper

thi
s
iva

do
3 - Light Emitting Diode (LED)
r
rp

cum
fo

❑ This Light Emitting Di‐

en
ng

t.
yi Co
ode (LED) must light up Cop py
when remote control is
t. rig
gh ht
yri
operated.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted
❑ If Light Emitting Diode
agen
Prote AG.
(LED) does not light up
when remote control is
operated, battery is
completely discharged
and must be replaced.
4 - Battery
❑ Removing and installing
battery. Refer to
⇒ page 79
5 - Radio-Frequency Unit -
Lower Part

78 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Removing
– Insert screwdriver in slot between radio-frequency unit -1- and
key -2-.
– Rotate screwdriver in direction of -arrow- and detach radio
frequency unit from key.

– Press apart radio-frequency unit -1- using key bit of key -2-.

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

– Use a screwdriver to unclip battery -1- out of holders -2- in


rm

ab
pe

ility

direction of -arrow-.
ot

wit
, is n

Installing
h re
hole

spec

Note polarity and installation position of battery when installing.


es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

– Place battery -1- in radio-frequency unit -2- with positive ter‐


a
com

tio

minal downward (positive terminal is marked in housing).


n in
r
te o

thi

– Press on battery with light pressure to engage it in radio-fre‐


s
iva

do

quency unit.
r
rp

cum
fo

– Reattach cover to radio-frequency unit (do not damage seal).


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Then engage radio-frequency unit on key.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 79


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Special Tools

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10011-
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10072-
♦ Door Handle Assembly
Tool - T10034-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
Box Wrench - 3320/2- for
-3320-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
Box Wrench - 3320/3- for
-3320-
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
3410- Volksw not
gu
by ara
d
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

80 Rep. Gr.57 - Front doors, Central locking system


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

58 – Rear doors
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Rear Doors”, page 81

1.1 Rear Doors


⇒ “1.1.1 Rear Door Assembly Overview”, page 81
⇒ “1.1.2 Door, Adjusting”, page 82
⇒ “1.1.3 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview”, page
83
⇒ “1.1.4 Door Seals”, page 84

1.1.1 Rear Door Assembly Overview


Bolts for door hinges must always be replaced after loosening.

1 - Door
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
⇒ “2.1.1 Door”, yV
olks ot g
ua
page 85 ise
d b ran
r tee
ho
2 - Door Handle with Backing
sa
ut or
ac
Plate s
ce
le
un

❑ Removing and instal‐ pt


an
d
itte

ling, refer to y li
erm

ab
⇒ “2.1.2 Door Handle”, ility
ot p

page 85
wit
is n

h re

3 - Housing
ole,

spec

❑ Removing, refer to
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder


t to the co

Housing”, page 63
4 - Bolt
rrectne

❑ 20 Nm
s

5 - Cover Cap
s o
cial p

6 - Locking Knob
inform
mer

❑ Removing and instal‐


atio

ling, refer to
om

⇒ “2.1.5 Locking Knob


c

i
or

for Locking Rod,


thi
te

sd
a

through 02.00”,
iv

o
pr

page 69
um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
7 - Locking Rod
Co
Cop py
t. rig
8 - Bell Crank
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
9 - Locking Rod cted agen
Prote AG.

10 - Bolt
❑ 20 Nm
11 - Closure Plate
12 - Door Lock
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.3 Door Lock”, page 87

1. Description and Operation 81


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

13 - Release Cable
14 - Interior Door Mechanism
15 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Only this bolt must be removed to remove door from hinge
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolt after loosening
16 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Only this bolt must be removed to remove door from hinge
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
❑ Always replace bolt after loosening
17 - Door Hinge with Door Arrester
❑ Hinge is divided
18 - Bolt
❑ M8×28
❑ Installed from vehicle interior side
❑ Remove lower B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ V Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
. olkswagen AG
gen AG
❑ 20 Nm + /4 turns (90°) turnolks
1 w a does
no
V t gu
by ara
❑ Always replace boltsorafter
ise
d
loosening nte
th eo
19 - Bolt au ra
c
ss
ce
e

20 - Bolt
nl

pt
du

an
itte

❑ M8×28
y li
erm

ab

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Always replace bolts after loosening


h re
hole

spec

21 - Cover Cap
es, in part or in w

t to the co

22 - Bolt
❑ 13 Nm
rrectness of i

23 - Door Hinge
❑ Hinge is divided
l purpos

24 - Bolt
nf
ercia

❑ M8×22
orm
m

❑ Installed from vehicle interior side


atio
om

n in

❑ Remove lower B-pillar trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation
or c

thi
e

❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

❑ Always replace bolts after loosening


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
25 - Bolt
Co
Cop py
t. rig
❑ M8×28 gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
❑ 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Always replace bolts after loosening

1.1.2 Door, Adjusting


For proper door adjustment, door hinge must be loosened at pil‐
lar. Other measures, such as aligning door upward, are not ef‐
fective. Excess pressure thereafter will again cause door to sag.

82 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

For this, Wrench - Door Adjusting - 3320- with Wrench - Door


Adjusting - Box Wrench - 3320/2- must be used.
If it should be necessary that door hinge must be loosened at B-
pillar from inside, Cylinder Head Bolt Socket - 3410- can be used.
To do so, lower B-pillar trim must be removed. Refer to ⇒ Body
Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .

1.1.3 Door Handle and Door Lock Assembly Overview

1 - Door Lock
❑ Door lock can only be
removed in conjunction
with carrier assembly.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Door Lock”,
page 87
2 - Cable
❑ Lock release
AG. Volkswagen AG d
3 - Angle Bracket agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
❑ Bolted and riveted to rised b ara
nte
door lock ut
ho eo
ra
a
❑ Does not belong to door ss c

ce
e

lock delivery casing


nl

pt
du

an
itte

4 - Mounting Bracket

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Door handle, lock cylinder

h re
housing and carrier assembly
hole

spec
have been removed
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Remove bolt
⇒ Item 5 (page 83) ,
slide mounting bracket

rrectness of i
slightly to rear and re‐
l purpos

move from door.


5 - Bolt
nform
ercia

6 - Door Handle with Backing


m

at

Plate
om

ion
c

❑ Removing and instal‐


in t
or

his
e

ling, refer to
at

do
riv

⇒ “2.1.2 Door Handle”,


p

cum

page 85
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
7 - Cover Cap . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig
8 - Housing py by
co Vo
by lksw
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 cted agen
Prote AG.

9 - Base Plate
10 - Bolt
❑ This bolt was replaced by a Torx bolt, and a new tool must be used for it
❑ Wrench - Driver - T10011-
❑ Wrench - Driver - T10072-
❑ By loosening this bolt, locking mechanism for housing, item 8 ⇒ Item 8 (page 83) is disengaged and may
be removed from mounting bracket, item 4 ⇒ Item 4 (page 83)
❑ Bolt must not be threaded in without lock cylinder housing installed. Lock mechanism ring may fall into
door.

1. Description and Operation 83


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Vo ot g
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ ed by ua
ran
ir s
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
tho tee
or
au ac
ss
1.1.4 Door Seals

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
Door seals are equipped at factory with sealant, applied to door

erm

ab
flange and then rolled on.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

Note

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
♦ During removal of seal, sealant is distributed on interior side
of seal and flanks are bent up easily. If seal is re-installed,
sealing performance and proper seating are no longer guar‐

rrectne
anteed.
♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be re‐

ss
placed with a so-called hammer-stroke seal.

o
cial p

f in
♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks must be pressed to‐

form
mer

gether before installation.

atio
om

n
c

i
Door Seals, Assembly Overview
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Note

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Trim must be removed in order to remove door seals.
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
1 - Internal Door Seal
❑ To install seal, begin in
upper radius of door cut
out.
2 - Door Inner Seal, 4-door
3 - Clip
❑ Inserted into door seal
4 - Outer Door Seal, 4-door
5 - Clip
❑ Inserted into door seal

84 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Removal and Installation


⇒ “2.1 Rear Doors”, page 85

2.1 Rear Doors


⇒ “2.1.1 Door”, page 85
⇒ “2.1.2 Door Handle”, page 85
⇒ “2.1.3 Door Lock”, page 87
⇒ “2.1.4 Door Window, Installing on Window Regulator”,
page 93
⇒ “2.1.5 Door Seals”, page 93

2.1.1 Door agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw no
– Remove upper and lower B-pillar d by V trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Inte‐ t gua
ran
rior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal ris and Installation
e
tee
tho or
u
– Disconnect multi-pin sconnector
s a
below rubber boot -3- of B-pil‐ ac
lar.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Pry off cap -2- using screwdriver.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove bolt -1- from upper hinge.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Tightening torque: 13 Nm

h re
hole

spec
– remove lower bolt -4- from hinge.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Tightening torque: 20 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°) turn

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

This bolt must always be replaced.


nform
ercia

– Lift out door upward from angle hinge.


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

2.1.2 Door Handle


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Removing
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
ht
– Pull off door seal -1- in area of door handle.
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted
– Pull door handle -2- in direction of -arrow- and hold in this po‐
agen
Prote AG.
sition. Remove bolt -4- up to stop using Wrench - Driver -
T10011- ( Wrench - Driver - T10072- ). Housing is loosened
by doing so.

Note

If bolt has been loosened too far, this may cause lock mechanism
ring to loosen from mounting bracket and fall into door.

2. Removal and Installation 85


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
. Volkswagen AG
does gen AG
– Remove housing -3- at right
Vol
kswangle to door from door
a handle
not
mounting bracket. ed by gu
ara
is nte
or
– Unclip clip -1- from
au
th door handle. eo
ra
ss c
– Swivel out door handle from door.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

Installing
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Guide Door Handle Assembly Tool - T10034- into door


through opening in inner door plate.
– Light inner part of door using a flashlight for better view.
– Hook assembly tool into spring -1- -arrow A-.
– Engage spring into door lock by pulling installation tool
-arrow B-.
– Install door handle into door.

86 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert clip -1- into metal cut out and engage into door handle
-2-.
– Insert lock cylinder housing at right angle into door handle
mounting bracket.
– Now screw in bolt into mounting bracket using torque wrench.
Door handle engages again into lock cylinder housing with a very
audible click.

Note
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
During installation, door handle -2- y Vmust be pressed onto door
olks ot g
ua
plate. ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
– Then, perform in reverse order of removal.
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
• Then a function test must be performed, since door cannot be
du

an
itte

opened if adjustment and clips of release cable are not correct.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2.1.3 Door Lock

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Window regulator, door lock and loudspeaker are secured to car‐

spec
es, in part or in w

rier assembly.

t to the co
Door lock can only be removed in conjunction with carrier as‐
sembly.

rrectness of i
Carrier assembly can only be removed when door window is re‐
moved from window regulator. For this purpose, door window
l purpos

must be driven down to height of installation hole in carrier as‐


sembly and spreader pins must be removed.

nf
ercia

o
If it is not possible to drive down door window by electrical window
rm
m

regulator, first exact cause of malfunction must be determined. atio


om

n in
c

To do so, using Vehicle Diagnostic Tester System - VAG1551- ,


or

thi
e

check DTC Memory of comfort system (address word 46). Refer


t

sd
iva

to ⇒ Body On Board Diagnostic; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Diagnosis and


o
r
rp

cu

Testing .
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
If there is an electrical fault via window regulator motor, this can Cop py
t. rig
be removed from carrier assembly. opyri
gh by
Vo
ht
c lksw
Removing
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Removing rear door trim. Refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove housing.
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 .

2. Removal and Installation 87


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pry off cap -1-.


– Lower door window until spreader pin -2- and spreader plug
-3- are accessible in window cut-out.

Note

If work step is not possible due to a malfunction via electrical win‐


dow regulator, window regulator motor can be removed to be able
to slide window down.

– Screw in a 5 mm bolt (approx. 70 mm long) into spreader pin


-2- and pull out from spreader plug -3-.
– Now screw in a 8 mm bolt (approx. 80 mm long) into spreader
plug -3-.

Note

When screwing bolt into spreader plug, do not use excessive


force on anchor otherwise it may fall backward into door.

– Pull out spreader plug from window regulator guide and there‐
by from door window. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– During this, cable -2- must be pressed to side fromsewindow
db ara
nte
using a screwdriver. hori
eo
aut ra
– Pull off seal -1- from center bar up to windows recess seal -2-.
s c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Pry off cap -3-.

an
itte

y li
erm

– Remove then-visible bolt.

ab
ility
ot p

– Using a screwdriver -1-, lift catch -2- and remove filler piece

wit
, is n

-3- upward out of window frame -4-.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

88 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Grip inner window recess seal -1- using pliers -2-. Then, move
pliers in direction of -arrow- and simultaneously lift off window
recess seal -1- from door flange using a light turning motion
upward.
– For easier removal of window recess seal, pliers may be sup‐
ported using a wedge -3-.

2. Removal and Installation 89


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Slide door window -1- upward and remove inward -arrow- from
door.

– Remove window guide -1- in upper area and remove bolt -2-
at center bar.

Note

♦ Bolt -2- is gradually being discontinued. Therefore, center bar


is then clipped into door at top. n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
♦ Rest of work procedure remains identical. d byV ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Remove bolt -1-.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Remove center bar -2- from quarter window seal -3- and re‐

wit
, is n

move downward from top of window guide.

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm

– Remove center bar -1- upward -arrow- from door.


m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

90 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove boot -1- from B-pillar.


– Disconnect connector -2-.

– Remove bolts -arrows-.


– Remove bolt -1- (for lock).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

– Remove upper carrier assembly from door, lift and lift out of
l purpos

door toward hinge side -arrow- of door.


– Next, loosen two clips for electrical wire from reinforcement
nform
ercia

plate in door and disconnect wire from boot.


m

Installing
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 91


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of -arrow-. h re


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Using a screwdriver, tension spring -2- secured to door lock in


t to the co

direction of -arrow- and engage lock lever into spring.


rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

Lock is secured by engaging operating lever. Thereby later incorrect clipping-in of release cable is prevented.
nform
ercia

– Thread in electrical wire through boot into door and secure


m

clips in door plate.


at
om

ion
c

– Insert carrier assembly into door.


in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

92 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Tighten all bolts. Tighten bolts marked -1- and -2- in specified
sequence.
Tightening torque: 8 Nm
– Remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.
– Installing door window, see installing door window to window
regulator. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.4 Door Window, Installing on Window Regulator”, page
93 .
– Then proceed in reverse order of removal.
• Then, perform a function load test.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
2.1.4 Door Window, Installing on Window horise nte
eo
ut
Regulator a ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Note
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Spreader plug and spreader pin must always be replaced when

wit
, is n

h re
performing installation work at door window.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Window must be checked for damage before inserting spread‐

t to the co
er plug and spreader pin.
– With window removed, insert spreader plug -2- centered.

rrectness of i
– Press in spreader pin -1- flush into spreader plug -2-.
l purpos

– Guide door window into door.

nform
ercia

– Insert door window -3- into slit of window regulator guide -4-.
m

– Using light pressure from above, lock window into window


at
om

io

regulator -arrow-.
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.5 Door Seals

2. Removal and Installation 93


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Door seals are equipped at factory with sealant, applied to door


flange and then rolled on.

Note

♦ During removal of seal, sealant is distributed on interior side of seal and flanks are bent up easily. If seal is
re-installed, sealing performance and proper seating are no longer guaranteed.
♦ For this reason, every completely removed seal must be replaced with a so-called hammer-stroke seal.
♦ For partially removed seals, seal flanks must be pressed together before installation.

Door Seals, Assembly Overview

Note

Trim must be removed in order to remove door seals.

94 Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Internal Door Seal


❑ To install seal, begin in
upper radius of door cut
out.
2 - Door Inner Seal, 4-door
3 - Clip
❑ Inserted into door seal
4 - Outer Door Seal, 4-door
5 - Clip
❑ Inserted into door seal

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 95


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Special Tools

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10011-
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10072-
♦ Door Handle Assembly
Tool - T10034-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
Box Wrench - 3320/2- for
-3320-
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
Box Wrench - 3320/3- for
-3320-
♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket -
3410-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
96
AG.
Rep. Gr.58 - Rear doors
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

60 – Sunroof
1 General Information
⇒ “1.1 Sunroof”, page 97

1.1 Sunroof
AG. Volkswagen AG d
General Information agen oes
o lksw not
V gu
by ara
Sunroofs manufactured rised by “Webasto” and “Rockwell (Meritor)” nte
are installed. ut
ho eo
ra
s a c
s
Sunroofs of both manufacturers cannot be distinguished regard‐

ce
le
un

ing function/operation and when installed on vehicle have barely

pt
an
d

any outwardly visible characteristics to distinguish them.


itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

However, there is a fundamentally strong difference of both sun‐

ility
ot

roofs regarding construction and design, that there is a difference

wit
, is n

for most repair procedures between both sunroofs.

h re
hole

spec
During replacement of a complete slide/tile sunroof, slide/tile sun‐
es, in part or in w

roof can be replaced without noting manufacturer.

t to the co
Always differentiate between both manufacturers of slide/tile sun‐
roofs when performing repairs or servicing work and ordering

rrectness of i
replacement parts.
l purpos

Distinguishing characteristics, refer to ⇒ page 98 .


Function

nform
ercia

Sunroof is opened and closed via rotary switch when ignition is


m

a
switched on/tilted out and closed by pressing and pulling.
com

tion in
r

After switching off ignition, slide/tile sunroof can still be opened


te o

thi

and closed as long until driver's or passenger's door is opened.


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

On rotary switch, there are markings for preset tilt positions of


fo

en
g

glass panel. However, any other intermediate tilt position can be


n

t.
yi Co
op
selected by turning switch in clockwise direction. C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. General Information 97
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

In switch position -1-, opening of slide/tile sunroof in so-called


comfort position decreases driving wind noise which can occur at
complete opening in switch position -2-.
Tilt-up/closing of sunroof is performed as long as switch is press‐
ed/pulled or until respective end position of glass panel is
reached.
Sunroof is equipped with a closing force limit in area of window.
When an obstruction is met during closing sequence, roof opens
again by itself.
As of calendar week 32. 1998, a new motor and rotary switch was
introduced. For this change, glass panel is also tilted up and
closed using rotary switch.
In addition, glass panel is closed by pressing rotary switch, as
long as rotary switch remains pressed.

Note

Motor and switch can only be recognized on new replacement


part numbers and must not be installed with older versions.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lk swage es n
In addition, there isd an by emergency close function. If there
Vo ot g
ua are
problems closing, o
ir sesunroof can be forced closed by pressing
ran
teepre‐
selector, whichauth must be located in “Sunroof closed” position. or
ac
ss
For emergency close function, closing force limit is deactivated.
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an

Sunroof drive motor is protected against overheating via a running


itte

y li

time limit. Protective mechanism activates after an uninterrupted


erm

ab
ility

operation of approx. two minutes. It can only be operated again


ot p

wit

after a cool-off phase.


, is n

h re
hole

Sunroof, Webasto and Rockwell/Meritor, Distinguishing Features


spec
es, in part or in w

Following distinguishing characteristics make it possible to deter‐


t to the co

mine respective manufacturer of sunroof while installed and to


allocate repair procedures for sunroofs manufactured by Webas‐
to or Rockwell (Meritor).
rrectness of i

Water Channel Connection


l purpos

– Open sunroof and check connection of water channel.


nform
ercia

Webasto:
m

at
om

io

Water channel -1- is connected to glass panel in rear corner


n
c

in t
r

areas.
o

his
ate

do
riv

Rockwell (Meritor):
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

98 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Water channel -1- has no connection to glass panel in rear corner


areas.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. General Information 99
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Description and Operation


⇒ “2.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Webasto”, page 100
⇒ “2.2 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Meritor”, page 108

2.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Webasto


⇒ “2.1.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel Assembly Overview”,
page 100
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
⇒ “2.1.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 102 Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
⇒ “2.1.3 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position”, orise nte
eo
page 103 auth
ra
ss c
⇒ “2.1.4 Parallel Movement, Checking”, page 104

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
⇒ “2.1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 105
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “2.1.6 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning”, page 106

ility
ot p

wit
is n

2.1.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel Assembly Overview

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
1 - Glass Panel for Sunroof
(Single Pane Safety Glass)
❑ Removing glass panel

rrectne
for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass

s
Panel”, page 115

s o
cial p

f
❑ Adjusting glass panel

inform
for sunroof, refer to
mer

⇒ “2.1.2 Sunroof Glass

atio
m

Panel, Adjusting
o

n
c

Height”, page 102

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

2 - Panel Seal
iv

o
pr

cum
r

❑ Panel seal, replacing,


fo

en
ng

refer to
t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.1.2 Panel Seal”,
C py
t. rig
gh
page 117
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
3 - Sliding Headliner
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and installing
Sliding headliner, refer
to
⇒ “3.1.4 Sliding Headlin‐
er”, page 118
4 - Slider
5 - Lower Trim
❑ Vehicles up to Septem‐
ber 2002
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass
Panel”, page 115
6 - Upper Trim
❑ Vehicles up to Septem‐
ber 2002
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass
Panel”, page 115
7 - Water Channel
❑ Removed together with slotted guide rail

100 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

8 - End Piece
❑ Use Butyl Adhesive Sealing Cord - AKL 450 005 05- for sealing
9 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
10 - Installation Unit
❑ Removing installation unit, refer to ⇒ “3.1.7 Installation Unit”, page 119
❑ U-frame (with guide channels), if necessary use special grease G 000 450 02 exclusively to grease guide
channels, otherwise functions cannot be guaranteed.
11 - Drive Motor
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.1.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 118
❑ Adjusting drive motor (zero position), refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position”, page 103
12 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
13 - Hex Wrench for Emergency Operation
❑ Clipped in on drive motor cover
14 - Cover
15 - Spring
16 - Wind Deflector
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.1.3 Wind Deflector”, page 117
17 - Wind Deflector Mounting
18 - Torx Bolt
❑ Torx T25
❑ 4.5 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
19 - Slotted Guide Rail d by V gu
ara
ise nte
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.1.8uthoSlotted
r
Guide Rail”, page 121 eo
a ra
s c
20 - Guide with Cable s
ce
le
un

pt

21 - Carriage for Water Channel


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab

22 - Countersunk Bolt (Microencapsulated)


ility
ot p

❑ Always use new countersunk screws


wit
is n

h re

❑ 3.5 Nm
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

23 - Trim Pieces
t to the co

❑ Vehicles from September 2002 on


❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115
rrectne

❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 102
s

Note
s o
cial p

f in

Trim pieces and trim must not be


form
mer

swapped with each other during re‐


atio

placement. Clearance for mechani‐


om

cal components is otherwise not


c

i
or

n thi

guaranteed.
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 101


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ yV
olks ot g
b ua
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
2.1.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
Note

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
Glass panel height adjustment is to be performed after glass pan‐

h re
el has been closed out of sliding position.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Zero position of sunroof OK.
– Tilt sunroof open.

rrectness of i
– Slide sliding headliner toward rear.
l purpos

Vehicles through August 2002


– Unclip lower trim -1- in rear area -arrow-, slide toward front and

nf
ercia

remove from roof frame.

orm
m

atio
m

– Unclip upper trim -2- at front and in center and unhook at rear.
o

n in
or c

Vehicles from September 2002

thi
te

sd
iva

In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in

o
r
rp

cu
place of a lower trim and an upper trim.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Unclip lower trim-1- from securing rails-3-.


– Unclip lower trim -1- at top, rear, from glass panel for sunroof
-2-.
– Unhook lower trim-1- at top, rear, from glass panel for sunroof
-2-.
– Unclip lower trim -1- from glass panel for sunroof -2-.
– Remove lower trim -1-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Loosen securing bolts -3- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm).

– Close glass panel, open and close again (sequence must be


observed for a proper adjustment).
– Perform glass panel height adjustment at front and rear on
both sides as follows:
Panel adjustment at front:

102 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

-a- = 0 - 1 mm lower than roof


-arrow- = direction of travel
Panel adjustment at rear:
-b- = 0 - 1 mm higher than roof

-arrow- = direction of travel


– Tighten glass panel bolts (4.5 Nm).
Always adjust left and right-hand glass panel sides symmetrically.
– Tilt sunroof open.
Vehicles through August 2002

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
– Hook upper ed trim -2- at rear and in center and clip
b arain at front.
nte
ris
ho eo
– Slide alower
ut trim -1- in direction of -arrow- into rear elongated ra
c
holes and clip in at front area.
s
ce
le
un

pt

Vehicles from September 2002


an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note
wit
is n

h re
ole,

♦ In vehicles from Vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

piece is installed in place of a lower trim and an upper trim.


t to the co

♦ Trim piece and trim must not be replaced against each other.
Clearance for mechanical components is otherwise not guar‐
anteed.
rrectness

– Clip in trim piece -1- into glass panel for sunroof -2-.
o
cial p

f in

– Hook in trim piece -1- at top, rear, into glass panel for sunroof
form
mer

-2-.
atio
om

– Engage trim piece -1- at top, rear, with glass panel for sunroof
n
c

i
or

-2-.
thi
te

sd
va

– Engage trim piece -1- with securing rails -3-.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.3 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position

2. Description and Operation 103


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re

Adjustment of zero position may be necessary if drive motor was


ole,

removed while not in zero position or sunroof was closed or


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

opened via emergency operation.


t to the co

Drive motor removed, but electrical wires connected.


– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof opened” position.
rrectne

– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof closed” position.


ss

– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof tilted” position.


o
cial p

f in

– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof closed” position.


form
mer

atio

– Install drive motor in this position (zero position) with sunroof


om

closed.
c

i
or

n thi
e

As of calendar week August 1998, “zero position” can be recog‐


t

sd
iva

nized by a viewing window on motor (markings must align


pr

cum
r
fo

-arrow-).
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
2.1.4 Parallel Movement, Checking
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
co lksw
by
cted agen
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115 . Prote AG.

104 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Vehicles through July 1998


Square holes in tilt levers must align with grooves in guide rails
-arrow-.
Vehicles from August 1998

Guide rail pin must align with marking (pin) on guide rail -arrow-.

2.1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Note olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
Parallel movement adjustment can only be performed
utho
with drive eo
ra
motor removed and glass panel (in zero position).
ss a c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Removing drive motor for sunroof, refer to


itte

y li
⇒ “3.1.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 118 .
rm

ab
pe

ility
Vehicles through July 1998
ot

wit
, is n

Square holes in tilt levers must align with openings in guide rails h re
hole

spec
-arrow-.
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Install drive motor in “neutral position”(markings in viewing


window must align).
– Then check neutral position.
rrectness of i

Vehicles from August 1998


l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 105


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Guide rail pin must align with marking (pin) on guide rail -arrow-.

2.1.6 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning


Front Water Drain Hoses

Note

For cleaning, it is recommended that you create your own assisting tool out of a speedometer inner cable,
approx. 2300 mm (90.5 in.) long.

1 - Front Water Drain Hoses


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Front water drain hoses are olksw not
yV gu
routed in A-pillar and end be‐ ed b ara
nte
is
tween door and A-pillar. Clean‐ hor eo
ut
ing is performed at cut out for ss a ra
c
sunroof.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

2 - Hose Grommet
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

106 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Rear Water Drain Hoses

Note

For cleaning, it is recommended that you create your own assisting tool out of a speedometer inner cable,
approx. 2300 mm (90.5 in.) long.

1 - Water Drain Hose


Rear water drain hoses are
routed in C-pillar and end be‐
hind bumper cover under tail
light cluster. Cleaning is per‐
formed at lower end of hose.
To do so, rear bumper must be
removed.

2 - Hose Grommet

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 107


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Meritor


⇒ “2.2.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel Assembly Overview”,
page 108
⇒ “2.2.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 109
⇒ “2.2.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting”, page 111
⇒ “2.2.4 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position”,
page 112
⇒ “2.2.5 Parallel Movement, Checking”, page 112
⇒ “2.2.6 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 112
⇒ “2.2.7 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning”, page 113
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG
2.2.1 Sunroof with Glass
olks Panel Assembly Overview
wa oes d
not
yV gu b ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
1 - Glass Panel for Sunroof
ss
au ac
(Single Pane Safety Glass)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ Removing glass panel

an
itte

y li
for sunroof, refer to
erm

ab
⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass

ility
ot p

Panel”, page 121

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Adjusting glass panel
hole

for sunroof, refer to

spec
⇒ “2.2.2 Sunroof Glass
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Panel, Adjusting
Height”, page 109
2 - Panel Seal
❑ Adjusting panel seal, re‐ rrectness of i
l purpos

fer to
⇒ “2.2.3 Panel Seal, Ad‐
justing”, page 111
nform
ercia

❑ Seal join at center in


m

at

rear area
om

ion
c

in t

❑ Panel seal, replacing,


or

his
e

refer to
at

do
riv

⇒ “3.2.2 Panel Seal”,


p

cum
or

page 123
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
3 - Sliding Headliner Cop py
t. rig
gh
❑ Removing and installing
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
sliding headliner, refer
c by lksw
cted agen
to Prote AG.
⇒ “3.2.4 Sliding Headlin‐
er”, page 124
4 - Countersunk Bolts (micro‐
encapsulated)
❑ Always use new coun‐
tersunk screws
❑ 3.5 Nm
5 - Slider
6 - Upper Trim
❑ Up to August 2002
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121
7 - Lower Trim
❑ Up to August 2002
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121

108 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

8 - Water channel
❑ Removed together with slotted guide rail
9 - Guide Locking Hook
10 - End Piece
❑ Use Butyl adhesive sealing cord - AKL 450 005 05- for sealing
11 - Installation Unit
❑ Removing and installing installation unit, refer to ⇒ “3.2.7 Installation Unit”, page 125
❑ if necessary use special grease G 000 450 02 exclusively to grease guide channels, otherwise functions
cannot be guaranteed.
12 - Bolt
❑ 3.5 Nm
13 - Hex Wrench for Emergency Operation
❑ Clipped in on drive motor cover
14 - Drive Motor
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 124
❑ Adjusting drive motor (zero position), refer to
⇒ “2.2.4 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position”, page 112
15 - Spring
16 - Wind Deflector
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.3 Wind Deflector”, page 123
17 - Torx Bolt
❑ Torx T25
❑ 4.5 Nm
18 - Rear Guide
❑ Removed together with slotted guide rail
19 - slotted Guide Rail
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.8 Slotted Guide Rail”,npage
AG. Vo127
lkswagen A
ge G do
swa es n
20 - Gap Bracket yV
olk ot g
ua
edb ran
❑ Removed together with slotted guide
ho
ris rail tee
t or
au ac
21 - Trim Piece ss
ce
le

❑ From September 2002 on


un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121


y li
erm

ab

❑ Installing, refer to ⇒ “2.2.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 109
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re

Note
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Trim piece and trim must not be re‐


t to the co

placed against each other. Clear‐


ance for mechanical components is
otherwise not guaranteed.
rrectness

2.2.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height


o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

Note
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
e

Glass panel height adjustment is to be performed after glass pan‐


t

sd
va

el has been closed out of sliding position.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi
Zero position of sunroof OK.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
109
by c lksw
cted
2. Description and Operation
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Tilt sunroof open.


– Slide sliding headliner toward rear.
Vehicles through August 2002
– Unclip lower trim -2- in front area to vehicle center and unhook
at rear.
– Unclip upper trim -1- at front and in center and remove at rear.
Vehicles from September 2002
In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in
place of a lower trim and an upper trim.

– Unhook lower trim -1- from lower part of slotted guide rail -3-.
– Remove lower trim from securing pins -4-.
– Unhook lower trim -1- at top, rear -2-.
– Remove lower trim -1-.
Continued for all vehicles

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

– Loosen securing bolts -3- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm).

pt
an
d
itte

y li
– Drive glass panel into “open” position.
rm

ab
pe

ility
– Drive glass panel into “closed” position.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
– Perform glass panel height adjustment at front and rear on
hole

spec
both sides as follows:
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Panel adjustment at front:

rrectness of i
l purpos

-a- = 0 - 1 mm lower than roof


nform
ercia

-arrow- = direction of travel


m

a
com

tion in

Panel adjustment at rear:


r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

110 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

-b- = 0 - 1 mm higher than roof


-arrow- = direction of travel
– Tighten glass panel bolts (4.5 Nm).
Always adjust left and right-hand glass panel sides symmetrically.
– Tilt sunroof open.
Vehicles through August 2002

– Hook upper trim -1- at rear and clip on in center and at front.
– Hook in lower trim -2- at rear and clip in at front.
Vehicles from September 2002

Note

♦ In vehicles from Vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim


piece is installed in place of a lower trim and an upper trim.
♦ Trim piece and trim must not be replaced against each other.
Clearance for mechanical components is otherwise not guar‐
anteed.

– First hook in trim piece -1- at top, rear -2-.


– Engage trim piece -1- with securing pins --4-.
– Engage trim piece -1- in lower part of slotted guide rail -3-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab

2.2.3 Panel Seal, Adjusting


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Using a strip of cardboard about 0.3 mm thick (e.g. business


h re

card), check if pretension between panel seal -2- and body is


hole

spec

even all around. Cardboard should slide through gap with firm
es, in part or in w

resistance.
t to the co

– If pre-tension is insufficient, press seal reinforcement (inside


rubber) open with a wedge -1- or, if pre-tension is excessive,
rrectness of i

close seal reinforcement slightly. Glass panel -3- must be re‐


moved before adjusting seal.
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
111
Prote AG.
2. Description and Operation
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.4 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral


Position
Adjustment of zero position may be necessary if drive motor was
removed while not in zero position or sunroof was closed or
opened via emergency operation.
AG . Volkswagen AG
Drive motor removed, but electrical wires connected.
ksw
agen does
not
ol
yV gu
– Move automatic rotary switch to “roofised opened” position.
b ara
nte
or eo
h
– Move automatic rotary switchs ato
ut “roof closed” position. ra
c
s
– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof tilted” position.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof closed” position.

y li
erm

ab
ility
– Install drive motor in this position (zero position) with sunroof
ot p

wit
closed.
, is n

h re
hole

2.2.5 Parallel Movement, Checking

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121 .
Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located

rrectness of i
on both sides between markings dimension -a- at slotted guide
l purpos

rail -2-.
Slotted guide rail -2- must be engaged in guide rail (cannot be

nform
ercia

moved by hand).
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
2.2.6 Parallel Movement, Adjusting
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Parallel movement adjustment can only be performed with drive


motor removed and glass panel (in zero position).

– Removing drive motor for sunroof, refer to


⇒ “3.2.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 124 .
Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located
on both sides between markings dimension -a- at slotted guide
rail -2-.
Slotted guide rail -2- must be engaged in guide rail (cannot be
moved by hand).
– Slide upper part of guide -1- only from front toward rear center,
between markings.
– Install drive motor (zero position) in this position.
Then check zero position.

112 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ksw
by
Vol not
gu Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
d ara
ise nte
or eo
2.2.7 Water Drain Hoses, Cleaning
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
Front Water Drain Hoses
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
Note
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
For cleaning, it is recommended that you create your own assisting tool out of a speedometer inner cable,
hole

spec
approx. 2300 mm (90.5 in.) long.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
1 - Front Water Drain Hoses

rrectness of i
Front water drain hoses are
l purpos

routed in A-pillar and end be‐


tween door and A-pillar. Clean‐
ing is performed at cut out for

nf
ercia

sunroof.

orm
m

atio
m

2 - Hose Grommet
o

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Rear Water Drain Hoses

Note

For cleaning, it is recommended that you create your own assisting tool out of a speedometer inner cable,
approx. 2300 mm (90.5 in.) long.

2. Description and Operation 113


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Water Drain Hose


Rear water drain hoses are
routed in C-pillar and end be‐
hind bumper cover under tail agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
light cluster. Cleaning is per‐ Volksw not
gu
formed at lower end of hose. d by ara
ise nte
To do so, rear bumper must be hor eo
ut
removed ss a ra
c

ce
le
un
2 - Hose Grommet

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

114 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Removal
ksw
and
agen AG. VInstallation
olkswagen AG
does
not
y Vol g
⇒ “3.1 Sunroofsewith
d b Glass Panel, Webasto”, page 115
ua
ran
ri tee
ho
⇒ “3.2 Sunroof
au
t with Glass Panel, Meritor”, page 121 or
ac
ss
3.1 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Webasto

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115
erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “3.1.2 Panel Seal”, page 117

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “3.1.3 Wind Deflector”, page 117
hole

spec
⇒ “3.1.4 Sliding Headliner”, page 118
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “3.1.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 118
⇒ “3.1.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch”, page 119

rrectness of i
⇒ “3.1.7 Installation Unit”, page 119
l purpos

⇒ “3.1.8 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 121

nform
ercia

3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel


m

at
om

Removing

ion
c

in t
or

– Slide sliding headliner toward rear.


his
ate

do
riv

– Tilt sunroof open.


p

cum
for

en
g

Vehicles up to September 2002


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Unclip lower trim -1- in rear area -arrow-, slide toward front and ht. rig
rig ht
remove from roof frame.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Unclip upper trim -2- at front and in center and remove at rear.
Prote AG.

Vehicles from September 2002 on


In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in
place of a lower trim and an upper trim.

– Unclip lower trim-1- from securing rails-3-.


– Unhook lower trim -1- at top, rear, from glass panel for sun‐
roof-2-.
– Unhook lower trim-1- at top, rear, from glass panel for sunroof
-2-.
– Unclip lower trim-1- from glass panel for sunroof -2-.
– Remove lower trim -1-.
Continued for all vehicles

3. Removal and Installation 115


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove securing bolts -1- (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm). Loosen center
bolt -2- only - do not remove.
– Lift sunroof out.
Installing
Panel must be installed in neutral position (panel closed).
Neutral position:
Vehicles through July 1998

Square holes in tilt levers must align with grooves in guide rails
-arrow-.
Vehicles from August 1998

Guide rail pin must align with marking (pin) on guide rail -arrow-.
If this is not case, adjust parallel movement. Refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 105 . agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Insert sunroof panel from above and screw dinbysecuring
V bolts gu
ara
(guide rail/panel). orise nte
eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

116 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ksw
y Vol not
gua Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
db ran
rise te
– Slightly tighten tho
securing bolts -1- and -2- (Torx T25). eo
s au ra
c
s
– Adjusting glass panel for sunroof (height adjustment). Refer to

ce
e
nl

pt
⇒ “2.1.2 Sunroof Glass Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 102

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Tighten securing bolts after panel height adjustment (4.5 Nm).

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Vehicles through August 2002
– Install lower trim and upper trim after panel height adjustment.

rrectness of i
Vehicles from September 2002
l purpos

In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in


place of a lower trim and an upper trim.

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
Note
om

n in
or c

thi
♦ Trim piece and trim must not be replaced against each other.
te

sd
iva

Clearance for mechanical components is otherwise not guar‐

o
r
rp

cu
anteed.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Install trim piece after panel height adjustment. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
3.1.2 Panel Seal
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to


⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115 .
– Pull off seal -1- from glass panel.
– Press in new seal at center into glass panel -2-.

Note

Coat edge of panel with soapy water to facilitate installation of


seal.

3.1.3 Wind Deflector


– Open sunroof completely.
– Press out wind deflector -1- downward and simultaneously to‐
ward vehicle center -arrow- on both sides out of guide -2-.
– Remove wind deflector.

3. Removal and Installation 117


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.1.4 Sliding Headliner


– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115 .
– Slide back sliding headliner slightly to facilitate installation.
– Remove front bolts -arrow- at left and right. Slide out slider
toward front over stop -1-.
– Slide sliding headliner toward front.

– Remove rear bolts -arrow- at left and right. Slide slider toward
rear and remove sliding headliner -1- upward.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3.1.5 Sunroof Drive Motor

h re
hole

spec
– Disconnect Ground (GND) strap from battery.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Unclip cover -1- for drive motor.

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

Only remove and install drive motor for sunroof when roof is
closed (zero position, refer to
nf
ercia

⇒ “2.1.3 Sunroof Drive Motor, Adjusting Neutral Position”,


rm
m

page 103 ).
atio
om

n in
or c

thi

– Unclip and disconnect connector.


te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove drive motor for sunroof. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Bolts for drive motor are microencapsulated and must always be
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
replaced (3.5 Nm). Prote
cted AG.
agen

118 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.1.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch


– Unclip trim -1- in direction of -arrow- and remove.

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove automatic rotary switch.


– Unclip and disconnect connector.

3.1.7 Installation Unit wage


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
olks ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 119


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

Removing
orm
m

– Removing automatic rotary switch for sunroof, refer to


atio
m

⇒ “3.1.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch”, page 119 .


o

n in
or c

thi
e

– Removing molded headliner. refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


t

sd
iva

Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .


o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Disconnect water drain hoses from installation unit -1-


en
ng

t.
yi Co
-arrows-. t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
– Remove bolts -2- and remove installation unit from vehicle with yri
p by
co Vo
a second mechanic.
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
Installing
– Insert installation unit -1- into roof cut out with a second me‐
chanic.
– Align installation unit in roof frame with cylindrical pins (re‐
versed drill) 12 mm at front right and 10 mm at rear left.
Installation unit must not make contact with roof frame.
– Check and establish if necessary correct routing of wires and
connectors for electrical consumers at roof.
– Secure (8 Nm) installation unit -1- of drive motor for sunroof
-3- beginning at left and right toward rear.
– Install water drain hoses -arrows-.

120 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Connect connector for drive motor -3-.

3.1.8 Slotted Guide Rail


– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 115 .
– Move automatic rotary switch to “roof closed” position. AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Removing installation unit, refer to by
Vo gu
ara
⇒ “3.1.7 Installation Unit”, page 119 . rised
nte
ho eo
ut
– Removing drive motor for sunroof, refer to ss a ra
c
⇒ “3.1.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 118 .

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Remove end piece -1- from guide rail -2- -arrows- and then

itte

y li
remove.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

When installing end piece -1-, seal against guide rail with Butyl

t to the co
Adhesive Sealing Cord - AKL 450 005 05- .

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

– Slide slotted guide rail -1-, guide with cable -2- and water
channel -3- together at left and right simultaneously out of
m

at
om

i
guide rails of installation unit and then remove.

on
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

Note
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Always replace guides and cable as a set.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2 Sunroof with Glass Panel, Meritor


⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121
⇒ “3.2.2 Panel Seal”, page 123
⇒ “3.2.3 Wind Deflector”, page 123
⇒ “3.2.4 Sliding Headliner”, page 124
⇒ “3.2.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 124
⇒ “3.2.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch”, page 125
⇒ “3.2.7 Installation Unit”, page 125
⇒ “3.2.8 Slotted Guide Rail”, page 127

3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel


Removing
– Slide sliding headliner toward rear.
– Tilt sunroof open.

3. Removal and Installation 121


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Vehicles up to August 2002


– Unclip lower trim -2- in front area to vehicle center and unhook
at rear.
– Unclip upper trim -1- at front and in center and remove at rear.
Vehicles from September 2002
In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in
place of a lower trim and an upper trim.

– Unhook lower trim -1- from lower part of slotted guide rail -3-.
– Remove lower trim from securing pins -4-.
– Unhook lower trim -1- at top, rear -2-.
– Remove lower trim -1-.
Continued for all vehicles
– Remove securing bolts 1 (Torx T25; 4.5 Nm).

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
– Lift sunroof out. ir se
d b ua
ran
o tee
th or
au ac
ss
Note

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Sunroof must not be driven into “opened” position with glass panel
erm

ab
removed because water channel is no longer pressed down by

ility
ot p

glass panel and may be wedged in roof.

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Installing
spec
es, in part or in w

Panel must be installed in neutral position (panel closed). t to the co


Neutral Position
rrectness of i

Marking -arrow- on upper part of rear guide -1- must be located


l purpos

on both sides between markings dimension -a- at slotted guide


rail -2-.
nf
ercia

Slotted guide rail -2- must be engaged in guide rail (cannot be


orm

moved by hand).
m

atio
om

If this is not case, adjust parallel movement. Refer to


n in
or c

⇒ “2.2.6 Parallel Movement, Adjusting”, page 112 .


thi
te

sd
iva

– Insert sunroof panel from above and screw in securing bolts


o
r
rp

cu
o

(guide rail/panel).
m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Slightly tighten securing bolts (Torx T25). Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

122 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
olksw not
y V gua
– Adjusting glass panel rforise sunroof (height adjustment). Refer to ante
db r
⇒ “2.2.2 Sunroof Glasstho Panel, Adjusting Height”, page 109 eo
s au ra
c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
Note

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Tighten securing bolts after panel height adjustment (4.5 Nm).

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

♦ For vehicles up to August 2002, install lower trim and upper

h re
trim after adjusting panel height.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Vehicles from September 2002
In vehicles from September 2002 on, a trim piece is installed in
place of a lower trim and an upper trim.

rrectness of i
l purpos

Note

nform
ercia

♦ Trim piece and trim must not be replaced against each other.
m

Clearance for mechanical components is otherwise not guar‐

at
om

io
anteed.

n
c

in t
or

his
♦ Install trim piece after panel height adjustment.
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

3.2.2 Panel Seal


t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
rig ht
py by
o Vo
⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121 . by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Pull off seal -1- from glass panel.

– Apply new seal on lower panel edge, begin in center and move
from bottom to top of glass panel -2-.

Note

♦ Coat edge of panel with soapy water to facilitate installation of


seal.
♦ If seal is not correctly installed, seal surface is wavy.
♦ Panel seal must be shortened corresponding to panel circum‐
ference.

3.2.3 Wind Deflector


– Open sunroof completely.
– Insert special tool 3370 between roof edge and wind deflector
bearing and release wind deflector bearing from side locking
tab (left and right sides) by pulling on special tool 3370.

3. Removal and Installation 123


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
– Using a screwdriver, pry out wind deflector from ed
ir sguide rail (left ran
o tee
and right sides). auth or
ac
ss
– Remove wind deflector.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

3.2.4 Sliding Headliner

nform
ercia

– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to


m

at
⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121 .
om

ion
c

in t
r

– Slide sliding headliner toward rear.


o

his
ate

do
riv

– Remove front bolts -arrow- at left and right. Slide out slider
p

cum
or

toward front over stop -1-.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Slide sliding headliner toward front. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove rear bolts -arrow- at left and right. Slide slider toward
rear and remove sliding headliner -1- upward.

3.2.5 Sunroof Drive Motor


– Disconnect Ground (GND) strap from battery.

124 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Unclip cover -1- for drive motor.

Note

Only remove and install drive motor for sunroof when roof is
closed (zero position).

– Unclip and disconnect connector.

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove drive motor for sunroof.


Bolts for drive motor are micro-encapsulated and must always be
replaced (3.5 Nm).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

3.2.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Unclip trim -1- in direction of -arrow- and remove.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

– Remove bolts -arrows- and remove automatic rotary switch.


om

n
c

– Unclip and disconnect connector.


or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.2.7 Installation Unit

3. Removal and Installation 125


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removing
wit
, is n

h re

– Removing automatic rotary switch for sunroof, refer to


hole

⇒ “3.2.6 Sunroof Automatic Rotary Switch”, page 125 .


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Removing molded headliner, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Disconnect water drain hoses from installation unit -1-
rrectness of i

-arrows-.
l purpos

– Remove bolts -2- and -4- (with sleeves) and remove installa‐
tion unit from vehicle with a second mechanic.
nf
ercia

Installing
rm
m

atio
m

– Insert installation unit -1-, align according to bolt bores and


o

n in
c

insert bolts -2- and -4- (with sleeves).


or

thi
te

sd
a

– Check and establish if necessary correct routing of wires and


iv

o
r
rp

cu

connectors for electrical consumers at roof.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
– Secure (8 Nm) installation unit -1- of drive motor for sunroof
yi Co
op
-3- beginning at left and right toward rear.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
– Install water drain hoses -arrows-.
cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Connect connector for drive motor -3-.

126 Rep. Gr.60 - Sunroof


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.2.8 Slotted Guide Rail


– Removing glass panel for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.2.1 Sunroof Glass Panel”, page 121 .
– Removing installation unit, refer to
⇒ “3.2.7 Installation Unit”, page 125 .
– Removing drive motor for sunroof, refer to
⇒ “3.2.5 Sunroof Drive Motor”, page 124 .
– Unclip end piece -1- from guide rail -2- -arrows- and then re‐
move.

Note

When installing end piece -1-, seal against guide rail with Butyl
adhesive sealing cord - AKL 450 005 05- .

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
– Using a screw driver, unhook water channel -1- carefully on ss c

ce
e

both sides at bearing on guide catch -2- and remove.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Slide rear guide -1- in direction of -arrow- in guide rail -4- until

y li
erm

ab
lock mechanism of guide catch -3- is released.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove rear guide -1-, guide catch-3- and slotted guide rail
-2-together out of guide rail -4-.
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Note
o

n in
or c

thi
e

Always replace guides and cable as a set.


t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 127


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

63 – Bumpers
1 Description and Operation
⇒ “1.1 Front Bumper”, page 128
⇒ “1.2 Rear Bumper”, page 138

1.1 Front Bumper


⇒ “1.1.1 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview”, page 128 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
⇒ “1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Golf from d by V2008”,
o gu
ara
page 130 orise nte
h eo
ut ra
⇒ “1.1.3 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview,ssJetta from 06.07”,
a c
page 131

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
⇒ “1.1.4 Front Bumper Attachments, Jetta from 06.07”,
itte

y li
page 132
erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “1.1.5 Front Bumper Cover Lower Assembly Components, Jet‐

wit
, is n

ta from 06.07”, page 133

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “1.1.6 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview”, page 134
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “1.1.7 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 135

rrectness of i
⇒ “1.1.8 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R32”, page 136
l purpos

⇒ “1.1.9 Center Ventilation Grid and Air Guide Assembly Over‐


view, R32”, page 137

nform
ercia

⇒ “1.1.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview, R32”,


page 137
m

at
om

io
1.1.1 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview

n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
Note
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon equipment in‐
C py
ht. rig
stalled in vehicle. rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

128 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1 - Bumper Cover d by
Vo gu
ara
e nte
❑ Material - PP/EPDM horis
eo
ut ra
❑ Removing, refer to ss a c
⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cov‐

ce
le
un

pt
er”, page 149

an
d
itte

y li
erm
2 - Bolt

ab
ility
❑ Qty. 7 ot p

wit
is n

h re
❑ 6.6 Nm
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

3 - Guide Piece

t to the co
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/slide in bumper
cover parallel out of

rrectne
guide pieces (left and
right sides).

ss
4 - Wheelhousing Liner

o
cial p

f in
5 - Bolts

form
mer

❑ Qty. 8 for common mod‐

atio
m

els Golf/Jetta
o

n
c

i
or

n
❑ 1.5 Nm

thi
te

sd
va

❑ Qty. 10 for Jetta GLI


i

o
pr

cum
Sport
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
6 - Speed Nut t. Cop py
rig
❑ Qty. 8 for common mod‐
gh ht
pyri by
els Golf/Jetta
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Qty. 10 for Jetta GLI
AG.

Sport
7 - Cover for Headlight Clean‐
ing System
❑ Cover is part of head‐
light cleaning system
❑ For special models
8 - Spoiler
❑ For common models Golf/Jetta: clipped in on bumper cover
❑ For Jetta GLI Sport: delivered as by-pack
❑ It is not necessary to remove when removing cover. item 1 ⇒ Item 1 (page 129)
9 - Air Guide Grille, Left
❑ Clipped in on bumper cover
10 - Air Guide Grille, Center
❑ Clipped in on bumper cover
11 - Air Guide Grille, Right
❑ Clipped in on bumper cover

1. Description and Operation 129


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.2 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008

1 - Bolt
❑ 1.5 Nm
2 - Quick Nut
3 - Bolt
❑ 4.5 Nm
4 - Trim Lock
5 - Protector Trim
❑ fastened on the protec‐
tor by locks -4-
6 - Bolt
❑ 6.5 Nm
7 - Bumper Cover
❑ PP/EPDM material
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Bumper Cover,
Golf from 2008”,
page 150
8 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
9 - Clip d byV gu
ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

130 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.3 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 5
❑ 6.6 Nm
2 - Bumper Cover AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ Material: PP/EPDM Volksw
oes
not
gu
by ara
d
3 - Turn Signal Light orise nte
eo
th
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒
ss au ra
c
Electrical Equipment;

ce
e
nl

Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal

pt
du

an
and Installation
itte

y li
erm

ab
4 - Vent Grille

ility
ot p

wit
❑ Material: PP/EPDM
, is n

h re
hole

❑ Left and right

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Removing

t to the co
– Remove screws -7-
(Qty. 2)

rrectness of i
5 - Vent Grille
l purpos

❑ Material: PP/EPDM
❑ For vehicles with fog‐

nform
ercia

lights
m

at
6 - Vent Grille, Center
om

ion
c

❑ Material PP/EPDM

in t
or

his
te

❑ Clipped in on bumper
a

do
riv

cover
p

cum
for

en
g

7 - Bolt
n

t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Qty. 2 per side
t. C rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 1 Nm cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
8 - Spoiler
AG.

❑ Clipped in on bumper
cover
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “2.1.4 Front Bumper Attachments, Jetta from 06.07”, page 152
9 - Expanding Clips
❑ Qty. 2
10 - Front Wheelhousing Liner
❑ Removing and installing, refer to ⇒ “4.1.2 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Jetta from 06.07”, page 239

1. Description and Operation 131


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.4 Front Bumper Attachments, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover,
Jetta from 06.07”,
page 152
2 - Spoiler
❑ Material: PP/EPDM
❑ Removing:
– Remove expanding
clips -5-

– Remove screws -3-


(Qty. 2)

– Unhook the spoiler -2-


from the front bumper
cover -1-

3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Vent Grille, Center
❑ Clipped in on bumper
cover
5 - Expanding Clips
❑ Qty. 2

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o

132
c by lksw
cted agen
Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.5 Front Bumper Cover Lower Assembly Components, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Guide Piece
❑ Left and right
❑ Removing:
– Remove screws -3-, -4-
and -2-.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
2 - Bolt olks
wag does
not
yV gu
❑ Qty. 1 per sideise
d b ara
nte
or
❑ 1.5 Nm au th eo
ra
ss c
3 - Bolt

ce
e
nl

pt
du

❑ Qty. 2 per side

an
itte

y li
erm

❑ 3 Nm

ab
ility
ot p

4 - Bolt

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Qty. 1 per side
hole

spec
❑ 1.5 Nm
es, in part or in w

t to the co
5 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 4 per side

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 133


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.6 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview

1 - Bumper Carrier
2 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 6
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Guide Piece
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/slide in bumper
cover parallel out of
guide pieces (left and
right sides) AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
5 - Bolt ed b ara
nte
ris
❑ Qty. 4 aut
ho eo
ra
s c
❑ 8.5 Nm s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

6 - Damping

an
itte

y li
❑ Connected to bumper
erm

ab
ility
carrier -1-
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

134 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.7 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Bumper Carrier
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2 per side
❑ 23 ± 2 nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 8,5 Nm
4 - Damping
❑ Connected to bumper
carrier -1-
5 - Guide Piece
❑ Removing, refer to item
1 ⇒ Item 1 (page 133)

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 135


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.8 Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R32

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon equipment in‐
stalled in vehicle.

1 - Bumper Cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover,
R32”, page 154
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 7
❑ 6.6 Nm
3 - Guide Piece
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/slide in bumper
cover parallel out of
guide pieces (left and
right sides).
4 - Wheelhousing Liner
5 - Bolt n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
❑ Qty. 8 byV
o ot g
ua
d ran
❑ 1.5 Nm ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
6 - Bolt ss

ce
le

❑ Qty. 2
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ 1.5 Nm

y li
erm

ab
ility
7 - Adapter Part
ot p

wit
is n

❑ With 2 speed nuts

h re
ole,

❑ Remove wheelhousing

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

liner before removing

t to the co
adapter part
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to rrectne
⇒ “2.1.7 Adapter Part,
R32”, page 155
ss

8 - Speed Nut
o
cial p

f in

❑ Qty. 8
form
mer

atio

9 - Cover for Headlight Cleaning System


om

n
c

❑ Cover is clipped in at nozzle holder of headlight cleaning system


i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

10 - Left Ventilation Grid


iv

o
pr

cum
r

❑ Clipped in on bumper cover


fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
11 - Center Ventilation Grid t. Cop py
rig
❑ Secured to bumper cover with clamps
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co
❑ Assembly overview, refer to
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
⇒ “1.1.9 Center Ventilation Grid and Air Guide Assembly Overview, R32”, page 137
AG.

❑ Removal of center ventilation grid only possible with bumper cover removed
12 - Right Ventilation Grid
❑ Clipped in on bumper cover

136 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.1.9 Center Ventilation Grid and Air Guide Assembly Overview, R32

1 - Bumper Cover
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover,
R32”, page 154
2 - Air Duct
❑ Removal of air guide on‐
ly possible with bumper
cover removed, refer to
⇒ Item 1 (page 137) .
3 - Bolt
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Qty. 6 lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
❑ 1.5 Nm ed by ara
nte
ris
o eo
4 - Speed Nut aut
h
ra
ss c
❑ Qty. 6

ce
le
un

pt
an
5 - Clip
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Qty. 12

ility
ot p

6 - Center Ventilation Grid

wit
is n

h re
❑ Removal of ventilation
ole,

spec
grid only possible with
urposes, in part or in wh

bumper cover removed,

t to the co
refer to item 1
⇒ Item 1 (page 137)
❑ Removing

rrectne
– Remove bumper cover,

s
item 1

s o
⇒ Item 1 (page 137) .
cial p

f inform
mer

– Remove clamps, item 1

atio
⇒ Item 5 (page 137) .
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

– Remove center ventila‐


te

sd
a

tion grid.
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Installing:
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal. Note the following:
C py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
– Damaged clamps, item ⇒ Item 5 (page 137) must be replaced.
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.1.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Over‐


view, R32
Refer to
⇒ “1.1.6 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview”, page 134

1. Description and Operation 137


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2 Rear Bumper


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
⇒ “1.2.1 Rear Bumper Cover VolAssembly Overview, Golf from
ksw es n
ot g
2008”, page 138 d by ua
ran
se ri tee
ho
⇒ “1.2.2 Rear Bumper
au
t Cover Assembly Overview, Jetta through or
ac
05.07”, page 140ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

⇒ “1.2.3 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Jetta from

an
itte

y li
06.07”, page 141
erm

ab
ility
ot p

⇒ “1.2.4 Rear Bumper Cover with Attachments, Jetta from 06.07”,

wit
page 142
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “1.2.5 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview”, page 142

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “1.2.6 Rear Bumper Cover Lower Assembly Components, Jetta

t to the co
from 06.07”, page 144
⇒ “1.2.7 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview Jetta, from 06.07”,

rrectness of i
page 145
l purpos

⇒ “1.2.8 Trailer Hitch Assembly Overview”, page 146


⇒ “1.2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R32”,

nform
ercia

page 147
m

at
⇒ “1.2.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview, R32”,
om

ion
page 148
c

in t
or

his
ate

1.2.1 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008 do


priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

138 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Locking Pin
2 - Fastening Clip
3 - Bolt
❑ 2 units
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “2.2.1 Rear Bumper wage
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
es n
s
Cover, Golf from 2008”, yV
olk ot g
ua
page 156 ir se
d b ran
tee
tho
or
5 - Bolt au ac
ss
❑ 2 units

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ 6.5 Nm
itte

y li
erm

ab
6 - Lower Rear Bumper Cover

ility
ot p

❑ integral part of rear pro‐

wit
, is n

h re
tector
hole

spec
7 - Rear Bumper Cover Trim
es, in part or in w

t to the co
8 - Locking Washer
9 - Parking Aid Sensor - G203 /

rrectness of i
G204 / G205 / G206-
l purpos

10 - Sensor Support
❑ Welded electronically
on rear bumper cover

nf
ercia

orm
m

11 - Quick Nut

atio
om

❑ 6 units

n in
or c

thi
e

12 - Bolt
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
❑ 6 units
o

m
f

en
ng

❑ 1.5 Nm
t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 139


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
1.2.2 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Jetta through 05.07
o
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
Note

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon equipment in‐

y li
erm

ab
stalled in vehicle.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

1 - Rear Bumper Cover

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Material - PP/EPDM

t to the co
❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper

rrectne
Cover, Jetta through
05.07”, page 157

s
2 - Guide Piece

s o
cial p

f
❑ To remove and install,

inform
pull out/slide in bumper
mer

cover parallel out of

atio
m

guide pieces (left and


o

n
c

i
or

n
right sides)

thi
te

sd
va

3 - Bolt
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Qty. 8 (for common


en
ng

t.
yi
models Golf/Jetta)
Co
Cop py
.
❑ Qty. 10 (for Jetta GLI
ht rig
rig ht
by
Sport) copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
❑ 1.5 Nm Prote AG.

4 - Mounting Strip
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 6.6 Nm
6 - Impact Strip
❑ For common models
Golf/Jetta: clipped in
cover
❑ For Jetta GLI Sport: de‐
livered as by-pack
❑ It is not necessary to re‐
move when removing
cover, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta through
05.07”, page 157 .
7 - Bolt
❑ 6.6 Nm
❑ Only on Jetta models

140 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.3 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.3 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta from agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
06.07”, page 158 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e
2 - Spoiler horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Removing, refer to ss a c
⇒ “2.2.4 Rear Bumper

ce
le
un

pt
Cover with Attach‐

an
d
itte

ments, Jetta from

y li
rm

ab
06.07”, page 158
pe

ility
ot

wit
3 - Bolt
, is n

h re
❑ Qty. 3
hole

spec
❑ 6.6 Nm
es, in part or in w

t to the co
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4

rrectness of i
❑ 6.6 Nm
l purpos

5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3 per side

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 141


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.4 Rear Bumper Cover with Attachments, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Rear Bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.3 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta from
06.07”, page 158
2 - Spoiler
❑ Material: PP/EPDM
❑ Removing: AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Remove screws -4- by V ol not
gu
ara
(Qty. 2) rised
nte
ho eo
ut ra
– Remove screws
ss a
-3- c
(Qty. 3)

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Unhook spoiler from

y li
erm

ab
rear bumper cover -1-

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

3 - Bolt

h re
hole

❑ Qty. 3

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ 6.6 Nm

t to the co
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
rrectness of i
❑ 1.5 Nm
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
1.2.5 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Over‐
cted agen
Prote AG.

view

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation


procedures, depending upon equipment installed in vehicle.

142 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Bumper Carrier
2 - Impact Absorber, Left
3 - bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Qty. 4 olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
❑ 1.5 Nm orise nte
eo
th
u ra
4- MountingssStrip
a c

ce
le
un

5 - Guide Piece

pt
an
d
itte

y li
❑ To remove and install,
erm

ab
pull out/slide in bumper

ility
ot p

cover parallel out of

wit
is n

guide pieces (left and

h re
ole,

right sides)

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

6 - Bolt

t to the co
❑ Qty. 10
❑ 1.5 Nm

rrectne
7 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty.10

ss o
cial p

f
8 - Internally Threaded Pop

inform
Rivet
mer

atio
❑ Qty. 2
om

n
c

i
or

n
9 - Expanding Nut
thi
te

sd
a

❑ Qty. 4
iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

10 - Bolt
en
ng

t.
yi Co
❑ Qty. 2 t. Cop py
rig
gh
❑ 6.6 Nm
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
11 - Impact Absorber, Right
cted agen
Prote AG.

12 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 20 Nm
13 - Nut
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 50 Nm
14 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ Only tighten

1. Description and Operation 143


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.6 Rear Bumper Cover Lower Assembly Components, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Mounting Strip
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 6.6 Nm
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 4
5 - Front Guide Piece
❑ Left and right
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3 per side
❑ 1.5 Nm
7 - Expanding Nut
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Qty. 3 per side lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
by
8 - Guide Piece rised ara
nte
o eo
❑ Left and right aut
h
ra
ss c
9 - Bolt

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Qty. 4 per side
itte

y li
erm

ab
10 - Expanding Nut

ility
ot p

❑ Qty. 3 per side

wit
, is n

h re
hole

11 - Expanding Nut

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ Qty. 1 per side

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

144 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.7 Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview Jetta, from 06.07

1 - Bumper Carrier
2 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Qty. 4 olksw not
V gu
d by ara
❑ 20 Nm orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
3 - Bolt ss a c

ce
le

❑ Qty. 2
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
4 - Hex Nut
rm

ab
pe

❑ Qty. 2

ility
ot

wit
, is n

❑ 50 Nm

h re
hole

5 - Impact Absorber

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

1. Description and Operation 145


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
1.2.8 Trailer Hitch Assembly Overview
yV
olks
wag does
not
gu
b ara
ed nte
oris eo
th
1 - Trailer Hitch au ra
c
ss
❑ for Front Wheel Drive

ce
e
nl

pt
(FWD) vehicles

du

an
itte

y li
❑ for 4Motion vehicles

erm

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Allocation, refer to ⇒

wit
ETKA , is n

h re
hole
❑ Removing and instal‐

spec
ling, refer to
es, in part or in w

⇒ “2.2.5 Trailer Hitch”,

t to the co
page 160
2 - Bolt

rrectness of i
❑ Qty. 4
l purpos

❑ 60 Nm + 1/4 turns (90°)


turn

nform
ercia

❑ Always replace bolts af‐


m

ter loosening

at
om

ion
c

3 - Power Outlet

in t
or

his
ate

4 - Bolt

do
priv

cum
or

❑ Qty. 3
f

en
ng

t.
yi
❑ 2.5 Nm
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
5 - Bumper Cover
ht
pyri by
Vo
co
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta through
05.07”, page 157
6 - Ball Head Stud
❑ Removable
– Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to operating
instructions

146 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R32

Note
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen o
Slight changes may have to be made to removal
yV
olksand installation procedures,
w es n
ot gdepending upon equipment in‐
stalled in vehicle. ised b ua
ran
r tee
ho
aut or
ac
ss

ce
le
1 - Bumper Cover
un

pt
an
❑ Material - PP/EPDM d
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Removing, refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper

wit
is n

Cover, Jetta through

h re
ole,

05.07”, page 157

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

2 - Bolt

t to the co
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 1.5 Nm

rrectne
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4

ss o
cial p

❑ 6.6 Nm

f inform
mer

4 - Expanding Rivet

atio
m

❑ Qty. 2
o

n
c

i
or

n
5 - Adapter Part

thi
te

sd
va

❑ Removal of adapter part


i

o
pr

cum
r

only possible with


fo

en
ng

bumper cover removed,


t.
yi Co
op
refer to C py
t. rig
⇒ “2.2.6 Rear Bumper
gh ht
pyri by
Cover, R32”, page 161
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
❑ Removing and instal‐
AG.

ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.7 Adapter Part,
R32”, page 162
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty.2
❑ 1.5 Nm

1. Description and Operation 147


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1.2.10 Rear Bumper Carrier Assembly Overview, R32

Note

Slight changes may have to be made to removal and installation procedures, depending upon equipment in‐
stalled in vehicle.

1 - Bumper Carrier
2 - Attachment Rail
3 - Guide Piece
❑ To remove and install,
pull out/slide in bumper
cover parallel out of
guide pieces (left and
right sides)
4 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 1.5 Nm
5 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 3
6 - Internally Threaded Pop
Rivet
❑ Qty. 2
7 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
❑ 6.6 Nm olksw
oes
not
byV gu
ara
d
8 - Expanding Nut orise nte
eo
h
ut
❑ Qty. 4 ss a ra
c
ce
e

9 - Bolt
nl

pt
du

an
itte

❑ Qty. 4
y li
erm

ab

❑ 1.5 Nm
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

10 - Bolt
h re
hole

❑ Qty. 4
spec
es, in part or in w

❑ 20 Nm
t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

148 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Removal and Installation


⇒ “2.1 Front Bumper”, page 149
⇒ “2.2 Rear Bumper”, page 156

2.1 Front Bumper


⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cover”, page 149
⇒ “2.1.2 Bumper Cover, Golf from 2008”, page 150
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07”, page 152
⇒ “2.1.4 Front Bumper Attachments, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 152
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153 olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover, R32”, page 154 horis nte
eo
aut ra
⇒ “2.1.7 Adapter Part, R32”, page 155 ss c

ce
le
un

pt
2.1.1 Bumper Cover

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 149


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ d byV gu
ara
e
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003ho ris nte
eo
aut ra
ss c
Removing

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– Disconnect release lever from lid lock, refer to

itte

y li
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153 .

erm

ab
ility
ot p
– Remove radiator grille, refer to

wit
, is n
⇒ “4.5.1 Radiator Grille”, page 246 .

h re
hole

spec
– If equipped, remove covers -7- for headlight cleaning system
es, in part or in w

from bumper cover and unclip.

t to the co
– Remove bolts -5- securing bumper cover -1- to wheelhousing
-4-.

rrectness of i
– Unclip left air guide grille -9- and right air guide grille -11-.
l purpos

– Remove bolts connecting bumper cover -1- to sound insula‐


tion on left and front underbody.

nf
ercia

o
– Remove bolts -2-.

rm
m

atio
m

– Remove bumper cover -1- from guide pieces -3- (left and
o

n in
c

right).
or

thi
te

sd
a

– Disconnect connector from temperature sensor.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
– Remove spoiler -8- if necessary
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Installing
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
2.1.2 Bumper Cover, Golf from 2008

150 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
Remove
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

– Remove the hood latch unlocking lever, refer to


itte

y li

⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153 .


rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

– Remove the clips -9-.


wit
, is n

h re

– Remove the screws -1- and -3-.


hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove screws -6- and -8- in this order.


t to the co

– Disengage bumper cover -7- from wheel case protector.


– Disengage the connector the from fog lights.
rrectness of i

– Disconnect the temperature sensor connector.


l purpos

Install
nform
ercia

– Install in the reverse sequence from the removal.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 151


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2.1.3 Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07 olksw
agen oes
not
byV gu
ara
Removing rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
Note

e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ It is not necessary to remove completely the front wheelhous‐

erm

ab
ing left and right in order to remove the front bumper cover.

ility
ot p

wit
, is n
♦ It is not necessary to remove the front wheels to remove the

h re
front bumper cover.

hole

spec
es, in part or in w
♦ In order to perform in a better way the removing of the bumper

t to the co
cover, it is also possible to rotate the front wheels manually.

– Remove the screws -arrows- located in front wheelhousing

rrectness of i
liner left and right
l purpos

– Remove the front piece of the front wheelhousing (only driver


side, refer to ⇒ Item 4 (page 240)

nform
ercia

– Spread release lever from lid lock, refer to


m

at
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153
om

ion
c

in t
– Remove radiator grille, refer to
or

his
e

⇒ “4.5 Radiator Grille”, page 246


at

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove screws -1-


Vehicles without fog lamps
– Unclip vent grilles -4- removing screws -7-
Vehicles with fog lamps
– Unclip vent grilles -5- removing screws -7-
– Remove fog lamps, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr.
94 ; Removal and Installation
All vehicles
– Remove turn signal lamps -3-, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove side marker lamps, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation
– Remove expanding clips -9-
– Pull out the bumper cover
Installing
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal.

2.1.4 Front Bumper Attachments, Jetta from 06.07

152 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.3 Bumper Cover,
Jetta from 06.07”, agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
page 152 olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
nte
2 - Spoiler horis
eo
ut ra
❑ Material: PP/EPDM ss a c

ce
e
❑ Removing:

nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
– Remove expanding erm

ab
clips -5-

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Remove screws -3-

h re
(Qty. 2)
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Unhook the spoiler -2-

t to the co
from the front bumper
cover -1-

rrectness of i
3 - Bolt
l purpos

❑ Qty. 2
❑ 1.5 Nm

nform
ercia

4 - Vent Grille, Center


m

at
❑ Clipped in on bumper
om

ion
cover
c

in t
or

his
te

5 - Expanding Clips
a

do
priv

c
❑ Qty. 2

um
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.5 Release Lever


– Remove locking clamp -2- upward.
– Spread release lever -1- using a screwdriver -3- and remove
from lid lock.
– Remove release lever -1- with guide out of lock carrier.

2. Removal and Installation 153


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.6 Bumper Cover, R32

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

Removing
– Disconnect release lever from lid lock, refer to
nf
ercia

⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153 .


rm
m

atio
m

– Remove radiator grille, refer to


o

n in
c

⇒ “4.5.1 Radiator Grille”, page 246 .


or

thi
te

sd
a

– Pull off covers -9- for headlight cleaning system from bumper
iv

o
r
rp

cu

cover and unclip.


o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheelhousing -4-.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Unclip left ventilation grid -10- and right ventilation grid -12-.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
– Remove bolts -2-. Remove bumper cover -1- from guide
agen
Prote AG.
pieces -3- (left and right sides).
– Disconnect harness connector from temperature sensor.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.

154 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.7 Adapter Part, R32

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Remove front wheelhousing liner, refer to
⇒ “4.1 Wheel Housing Liner”, page 238 .
– Removing bumper cover (Golf R32), refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover, R32”, page 154 -1- .
– Remove bolts -2-.
– Remove adapter part -3-.
-4- Speed nut
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.

2. Removal and Installation 155


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Rear Bumper


⇒ “2.2.1 Rear Bumper Cover, Golf from 2008”, page 156
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper Cover, Jetta through 05.07”, page 157
⇒ “2.2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07”, page 158
⇒ “2.2.4 Rear Bumper Cover with Attachments, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 158
⇒ “2.2.5 Trailer Hitch”, page 160
⇒ “2.2.6 Rear Bumper Cover, R32”, page 161
⇒ “2.2.7 Adapter Part, R32”, page 162

2.2.1 Rear Bumper Cover, Golf from 2008

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
m

Remove
o

n in
or c

thi
e

– Remove rear bumper cover -4- from the wheel case protector,
t

sd
iva

(screws -12-).
o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

– Remove tail lights, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr.


en
ng

t.
yi Co
94 ; Removal and Installation . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

156 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disengage connectors (from under left rear tail light) from li‐
cense plate lights.
– Remove the screws -5-.
– Remove the screws -3-.
– Remove the screws -5-.
– Remove locking pin -1- and disengage fastening clip -2- from
side guides.
– Disengage the rear bumper cover -4-. Disengage the connec‐
tors from the Rear Parking Aid Sensors - G203 / G204 / G205 /
G206-
Install
– Install in the reverse sequence from the removal.

2.2.2 Rear Bumper Cover, Jetta through 05.07

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheelhousing (bolts -3-).
– Removing tail light assembly, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;
Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .

2. Removal and Installation 157


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disconnect connector (below left tail light assembly) for li‐


cense plate light (Golf only).
– Remove bolts -5-. For Jetta, remove additional
agen
AG.bolt
Volks-7-.
wagen AG
do w es n
olks ot g
– Remove bumper cover -1- fromeguide db
y V pieces -2- (left and right ua
ran
sides) and mounting strip-4-.horis tee
t or
au ac
– Remove impact strip -6- sifs necessary

ce
e
nl

Installing

pt
du

an
itte

y li
Installation is performed in reverse order of removal.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

2.2.3 Rear Bumper Cover, Jetta from 06.07

wit
, is n

h re
hole

Removing

spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove rear wheels

t to the co
– Remove bolt -5- from the rear wheelhousing (left and right)

rrectness of i
– Remove screws -3-.
l purpos

– Remove rear lights, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment; Rep. Gr.


94 ; Removal and Installation

nform
ercia

– Remove screws -4-.


m

– Pull out the bumper cover -1-.

at
om

ion
c

– Unplug the existing connectors.

in t
or

his
ate

Installing

do
priv

cum
or

– Installation is performed in reverse order of removal.


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.4 Rear Bumper Cover with Attachments, Jetta from 06.07

158 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ksw not
y Vol
Body
gu Exterior - Edition 08.2003
db ara
rise nte
1 - Rear Bumper Cover tho eo
s au ra
c
s
❑ Removing and instal‐

ce
le
un
ling, refer to

pt
an
d
⇒ “2.2.3 Rear Bumper

itte

y li
erm
Cover, Jetta from

ab
ility
06.07”, page 158
ot p

wit
is n
2 - Spoiler

h re
ole,

spec
❑ Material: PP/EPDM
urposes, in part or in wh

❑ Removing:

t to the co
– Remove screws -4-
(Qty. 2)

rrectne
– Remove screws -3-

s
(Qty. 3)

s o
cial p

f in
– Unhook spoiler from

form
mer

rear bumper cover -1-

atio
om

n
3 - Bolt
c

i
or

n thi
e

❑ Qty. 3
t

sd
iva

o
r

❑ 6.6 Nm
p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

4 - Bolt
t.
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Qty. 3
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
❑ 1.5 Nm cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 159


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.5 Trailer Hitch

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit

Removing
, is n

h re
hole

– Removing ball head stud-6- ⇒ operating instructions .


spec
es, in part or in w

– Remove rear wheelhousing liner, refer to


t to the co

⇒ “4.1.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liner”, page 241 .


– Remove bumper cover -5-, refer to
rrectness of i

⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper Cover, Jetta through 05.07”,


page 157 .
l purpos

– Remove power outlet -3- from trailer hitch -1-.


nform
ercia

– Remove bolts -2-.


m

– Remove trailer hitch -1- out of mounting profile in body.


com

tion in
r

Installing
te o

thi
s
iva

do

Installation is performed in reverse order of removal. Note follow‐


r
rp

cum

ing:
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Only use new bolts -2- to secure trailer hitch -1-. . Cop py
rig
ht ht
rig by
copy Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

160 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.6 Rear Bumper Cover, R32

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Removing
wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Loosen bumper cover -1- in area of wheelhousing (bolts -2-


spec

and -6-).
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Removing tail light assembly, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equipment;


Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .
rrectne

– Disconnect harness connector (below left tail light assembly)


for license plate light - only Golf.
s

– Remove bolts -3-.


s o
cial p

f in

– Remove expanding rivet -4-.


form
mer

– Remove bumper cover -1-.


atio
om

n
c

Installing
i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Removal and Installation 161


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.7 Adapter Part, R32

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Removing bumper cover (Golf R32), refer to
⇒ “2.2.6 Rear Bumper Cover, R32”, page 161 .
– Remove bolts -2-.
– Remove adapter part -3-.
Installing
Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.

162 Rep. Gr.63 - Bumpers


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

64 – Glass, Window regulators


1 General Information
⇒ “1.2 Materials”, page 163
⇒ “1.1 Installation Information”, page 163
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164

1.1 Installation Information


– Apply adhesive material all around onto pre-coating -1- at right
angle to window.

WARNING

Window must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise bond‐


ing properties of window adhesive will be impaired.

♦ Insert window into window cut out using two double suction
lifters Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- ), center and press in
up to spacer.
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
♦ Gap dimension of windshield,
ksw
ag refer to does
not
Vol
⇒ “2.1.1 Windshield
ed by Assembly Overview”, page 165
gu .
ara
is nte
or
♦ Secure windshield
au
th using window adjuster (443 845 631eA)
or
ac
during curing
ss time.
ce
le
un

pt

♦ Plenum chamber cover must always be installed as described


an
d
itte

on page, refer to
y li
rm

ab

⇒ “3.1.1 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 180 .


pe

ility
ot

♦ Re-affix any stickers (e.g. for airbag).


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec

– When installing mirror -1-, attach at 60…90° offset to installa‐


es, in part or in w

tion position and turn -arrow- until retaining spring engages.


t to the co

♦ Insert rubber seal for axle of rear windshield wiper motor into
rear window.
rrectness of i

♦ For Jetta, check gap dimension between rear lid and rear win‐
l purpos

dow using Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371- ; rear window gap


dimension , refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Jetta”,
nform
ercia

page 170 .
m

a
com

♦ Rear window gap dimension, refer to


ion in

⇒ “2.1.4 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Golf and Jetta


r
te o

thi

Wagon”, page 169 .


s
iva

do
r
rp

♦ Activator must not be applied onto distributing wire for window


cum
fo

heater.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
♦ Secure rear window using adhesive tape during curing time.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ For Jetta, secure rear window using window adjusters (443
cop Vo
by lksw
cted
845 631 A) during curing time.
agen
Prote AG.

♦ If adhesive bead has been applied too thick and adhesive ex‐
pands onto area of window heating, then excess adhesive
must be removed.

1.2 Materials
♦ 2C- window adhesive -DA 004 600 A2- 6), 7)

1. General Information 163


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ 1K- window adhesive -DH 009 100 03- 8), 9)

♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1- 5)

♦ Glass primer/paint primer -D 009 200 02- 5)

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- 5)

♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25- 5)

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- 5)

♦ Cutting cord -357 853 999 A-

5) Materials are stored in box D 004 700


6) Observe minimum curing time
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164 .
7) Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- must be used to process this material.
8) Heat according to manufacturer's instructions using Cartridge Heater -
VAG1939- .
9) Small cartridge (110 ml) for sealing and/or when a 400 ml double cartridge is
not sufficient.

1.3 Minimum Curing Time

WARNING

Special requirements must be fulfilled for replacing bonded


windows. This includes that e.g. a newly bonded windshield is
safe for vehicle operation also in case of an accident after a
specified minimum curing time. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
w oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
ed nte
ris
Using new 2K adhesive -DA 004 600 thoA2- , a shorter minimum eo
curing time may be achieved. au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

Window Vehicle Window adhesive Minimum


pt
du

an

curing time
itte

y li
erm

ab

Windshields with and DA 004 600 A2 3 hours


ility
ot p

without air‐
wit
, is n

bag
h re
hole

spec

Side windows
es, in part or in w

and rear win‐


t to the co

dows
Minimum curing time is time from applying components up to ve‐
rrectness of i

hicle use. During this time, vehicle must stand on an even surface
at room temperature (at least 15° C).
l purpos

WARNING
nform
mercia

at

Vehicle is operationally ready only after this waiting time has


om

io

elapsed.
n
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

164 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Description and Operation


⇒ “2.1 Flush-Bonded Windows”, page 165
⇒ “2.2 Door Windows”, page 174

2.1 Flush-Bonded Windows


⇒ “2.1.1 Windshield Assembly Overview”, page 165
⇒ “2.1.2 Side Window Assembly Overview, Golf”, page 167
⇒ “2.1.3 Side Window Assembly Overview, Jetta Wagon”,
page 168
⇒ “2.1.4 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Golf and Jetta Wag‐
on”, page 169
⇒ “2.1.5 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Jetta”, page 170
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171
⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171
⇒ “2.1.8 Window, New without Pre-Coating,
wage Preparing
n AG. Volkswagen AG
doefor
s no
Glaz‐
s
ing”, page 172 y Volk t gu
b ara
ed nte
⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange,
tho
ris Preparing for Glazing”, page 173 e or
au ac
⇒ “2.1.10 Paint Damage,
ss Repairing”, page 173
ce
le
un

2.1.1 Windshield Assembly Overview pt


an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 165


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Windshield
❑ Removing windshield,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.2 Windshield”,
page 182
2 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
pre-coating, residual mate‐
rial on window glass and
window flange)
❑ Minimum curing time,
refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing
Time”, page 164
3 - Gap Dimension -a -= 4 mm
4 - Sealing Lip (Component
part of Pre-Coating)
5 - Spacer (Component Part of
Pre-Coating)
6 - Roof Molding
7 - Door
8 - Window Adjuster
❑ 443.845.631 A
9 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
Joint

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

166 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.2 Side Window Assembly Overview, Golf

1 - Side Window
❑ Remove side window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.3 Side Window,
Golf, Undamaged, Re‐
moving”, page 184
❑ Installing side window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.5 Side Window,
Golf, Installing”,
page 185
2 - Ceramic Coating
3 - Sealing Lip (component
part of Pre-Coating)
4 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
pre-coating, residual mate‐
rial on window glass and
window flange)
❑ Minimum curing time,
refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing agen oes
olksw not
Time”, page 164
ed by V gu
ara
ris nte
5 - Gap Dimension
au
tho -a -= 5…6 eo
ra
mm ss c
ce
e

❑ Gap dimension must be


nl

pt
du

an

maintained since dis‐


itte

y li

tance is necessary for


erm

ab

securing roof base car‐


ility
ot p

rier
wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 167


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ d byV
o ot g
ua
ran
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 ho
ir se tee
ut or
a ac
ss
2.1.3 Side Window Assembly Overview, Jetta Wagon

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
1 - Side Window

ility
ot p
❑ Remove side window,

wit
is n
refer to

h re
ole,
⇒ “3.1.6 Side Window,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh
Jetta Wagon, Undam‐

t to the co
aged, Removing”,
page 186
❑ Installing side window,

rrectne
refer to
⇒ “3.1.8 Side Window,

s
Jetta Wagon, Installing”,

s o
page 187
cial p

f inform
❑ Side window has no pre-
mer

coating

atio
om

n
2 - Seal with Spacer (Compo‐
c

i
or

n
nent of Window)

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

3 - PUR Adhesive Sealant


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

❑ Bead cross section: yi


t.
Co
op py
♦ Width = 8 mm
t. C rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
♦ Height = 12 mm (including
co lksw
by
cted agen
residual material on win‐ Prote AG.
dow glass and window
flange)
❑ Minimum curing time,
refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing
Time”, page 164
4 - Securing Pin
❑ Two pieces
❑ They secure side win‐
dow between rear door
and rear lid
❑ When using old window,
it is installed without se‐
curing pins

168 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.4 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Golf and Jetta Wagon

1 - Rear Window
❑ Removing rear window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.9 Rear Window,
Golf and Jetta Wagon,
Undamaged, Remov‐
ing”, page 187
❑ Installing rear window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.11 Rear Window,
Golf and Jetta Wagon,
Installing”, page 189
2 - Gasket
❑ for rear window wiper
3 - Sealing Lip (Component
Part of Pre-Coating)
4 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 7 mm
♦ Height = 11 mm (including
pre-coating, residual mate‐
rial on window glass and
window flange) n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
❑ Minimum curing time, y Volks ot g
ua
refer to ised b ran
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing
ut
hor tee
or
Time”, page 164ss
a ac
ce
e

5 - Trim
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

6 - Contact for Window Heater


erm

ab
ility
ot p

7 - Gap Dimension -a -= 4.5


wit
, is n

mm
h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 169


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.5 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Jetta

1 - Rear Window
❑ Removing rear window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.9 Rear Window,
Golf and Jetta Wagon,
Undamaged, Remov‐
ing”, page 187
❑ Installing rear window,
refer to
⇒ “3.1.11 Rear Window,
Golf and Jetta Wagon,
Installing”, page 189
2 - Gap Dimension -a -= 3 mm
3 - Sealing Lip (Component
Part of Pre-Coating)
4 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Bead cross section:
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
♦ Width = 7 mm olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
♦ Height = 11 mm (including horis nte
eo
pre-coating, residual mate‐ aut ra
c
rial on window glass and ss

ce
le

window flange)
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Minimum curing time,

y li
erm

ab
refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing

wit
Time”, page 164
is n

h re
ole,

5 - Gap Dimension -b- = 6.5

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

mm

t to the co
❑ Check gap dimension
using Gauge - Gap Ad‐
justment - 3371-
rrectne
6 - Window Adjuster
s

❑ 443,845,631 A
s o
cial p

f i

7 - Gap Dimension -c- = 3 mm


nform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

170 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing

Note

♦ When re-using an undamaged window, cut back remaining


adhesive sealant to 1 - 2 mm shortly before re-adhering, do
not damage primer and ceramic coating.
♦ Residual material acts as a base for new adhesive sealing
material.

WARNING

Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on adhesive surface.


Keep adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


back, remaining material must be activated using Activator - D AG. Volkswagen AG d
181 801 A1- . lksw
agen oes
n o ot g
yV ua
edb ran
s
2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing aut
ho
ri tee
or
ac
ss
New windows are shipped pre-coated with -PUR-. Pre-coating

ce
le
un

consists of positions -1-, -2- and -3-.

pt
an
d
itte

y li
1- Sealing lip
rm

ab
pe

ility
2- Spacer
ot

wit
, is n

h re
3- Application are for adhesive bead
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

4- Washer

t to the co
Side Window

rrectness of i
Note
l purpos

Due to production change of pre-coating material for side win‐


dows, handle pre-coating as follows:

nform
mercia

a
com

– Saturate cloth with silicone remover. tion in


r
te o

thi

– Always wipe application area for adhesive bead -3- twice using
s
iva

do

saturated cloth.
r
rp

cum
fo

en
g

– Normally, after an air drying time of at least five minutes, Ac‐


n

t.
yi Co
op
tivator - D 181 801 A1- must be used for pre-coated windows. C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
Gap Dimensions for Side Windows
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
When inserting side window, a gap dimension of 5…6 mm must
Prote AG.

be maintained between upper edge of window and window flange


at side panel.
Reason: Distance is necessary for securing roof base carrier.
Rest of bonding procedure remains unchanged.

2. Description and Operation 171


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.1.8 Window, New without Pre-Coating, Pre‐


paring for Glazing
For 2-door Golf and Golf/Jetta Wagon, a new, non-pre-coated
side window has been introduced. On new side windows, only
PUR-sealing lip -1- and spacer -2- has still been sprayed.
1- Sealing lip
2- Spacer
3- Washer

Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
Application area for adhesive bead -3- is not y Vpre-coated and not
olk not
gu
primed. rised b ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
– Clean window circumference tos width of 20 mm all around us‐
s c

ce
e

ing Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- .


nl

pt
du

an
itte

– Then rub window circumference dry using a lint-free rag.

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
WARNING
, is n

h re
hole

spec
Ceramic application on window is not primer! It must be primed
es, in part or in w

before application of adhesive sealing material! Only use Pri‐

t to the co
mer - D 009 200 02- !

rrectness of i
– Now apply primer -2- uniformly in one stroke using Applicator
l purpos

- D 009 500 25- -1-.


♦ Dry time approx. 10 minutes
nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

Note
n in
or c

thi
te

sd
a

For adhesive bead application, a nozzle must be cut exactly so


iv

o
r
rp

cu

that adhesive bead can be applied to a width of 8 mm and a height


o

m
f

of 12 mm.
en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
All other Windows rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Rub pre-coating with a dry, lint-free rag. cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

Do not prime or use a cleaning solution on pre-coating.

172 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Using Applicator - D 009 500 25- -1- (felt ball with wire), apply
Activator - D 181 801 A1- thinly onto pre-coating -2- only.
– Allow activator to air dry for at least 10 minutes.

Note

♦ Activator must not come into contact with paint - otherwise


paint will be damaged.
♦ Activator must not be applied onto distributing wire for window
heater.
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing ir se
d b ua
ran
tee
tho
or
– Cut back remaining material using Window Cutter
ss
au
- Scraper (2 ac
pc.) - VAG1561/8- , do not remove all residue under any cir‐

ce
le
cumstance. un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
Note
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Residual material acts as a base for new adhesive sealing mate‐
hole

spec
rial. Keep adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
WARNING

rrectness of i
Activator must not come into contact with paint - otherwise
l purpos

paint will be damaged.

nform
ercia

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


m

a
back, remaining material must be activated using Activator - D
com

tion in
181 801 A1- .
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
Note
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
If body flange is being worked on or is partially replaced, it must
C py
t. rig
be cleaned and primed again after painting corresponding area.
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.1.10 Paint Damage, Repairing


Paint construction must be re-established.
Following repair method applies to paint damage in an area which
is not visible:
– Paint twice (wet on wet) using Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200
02- - minimum air drying time 10 minutes.

2. Description and Operation 173


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Door Windows


⇒ “2.2.1 Front Door Window Assembly Overview”, page 174
⇒ “2.2.2 Door Window, Adjusting”, page 175
⇒ “2.2.3 Rear Door Window Assembly Overview”, page 175
⇒ “2.2.4 Comfort System Power Window Regulator with Pinch
Protection”, page 176
⇒ “2.2.5 Pinch Protection”, page 178
⇒ “2.2.6 Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator Assembly
Overview”, page 178

2.2.1 Front Door Window Assembly Overview

1 - Window Guide
❑ Inserted on flange AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
2 - Door d by
V gu
ara
ise nte
r
3 - Inner Window Recess Seal ut ho eo
ra
a c
❑ Inserted on flange ss

ce
le
un

pt
4 - Bolt

an
d
itte

y li
❑ 20 Nm
erm

ab
ility
ot p

5 - Carrier Assembly

wit
is n

h re
❑ Removing and instal‐
ole,

ling, refer to

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assem‐

t to the co
bly”, page 193
❑ Window regulator is a
component of carrier as‐
rrectne
sembly
6 - Window Regulator Motor
ss o
cial p

❑ Bolted on to carrier as‐


f in

sembly from front


form
mer

❑ Tightening torque for


atio
m

bolts of window regula‐


o

n
c

i
or

tor motor: 3.5 Nm


thi
te

sd
va

7 - Bolt
i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

❑ Plastic clamping brack‐


en
ng

t.
yi
ets 9 Nm
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ Aluminum clamping
rig
gh ht
yri by
brackets 11 Nm op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
8 - Cover Cap
AG.

9 - Bolt
❑ 8 Nm
10 - Crank Mechanism for Me‐
chanical Window Regulator
❑ Bolted on to carrier assembly from front
11 - Door Window
❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.1 Front Door Window”, page 192
❑ Adjusting, refer to ⇒ “2.2.2 Door Window, Adjusting”, page 175

174 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.2 Door Window, Adjusting


– Clamping brackets for door window must be in assembly
holes.
– Slide door window -3- without additional force into clamping
brackets and align at rear window guide -arrow-.
– While doing this, make sure that window sits parallel to window
guide.
– Tighten clamping brackets with bolts -4-.
Tightening torque: (Plastic clamping brackets - 9 Nm, Aluminum
clamping brackets - 11 Nm)
• Then, perform a function load test.
Disregard items -1- and -2- in illustration.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
2.2.3 Rear Door Window Assembly Overview

ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 175


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Door
2 - Bolt
3 - Outer Window Guide
❑ Inserted on flange
4 - Quarter Window
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door Win‐
dow and Quarter Win‐
dow Carrier Assembly”,
page 196
5 - Bolt
❑ 10 Nm
6 - Cover Cap
7 - Bolt
8 - Center Bar
9 - Carrier Assembly
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door VoWin‐
lksw
oes
not
gu
dow and Quarter ed by Win‐ ara
nte
dow Carrier horAssembly”,
is
eo
page 196 aut ra
ss c
❑ Window regulator is a
ce
e
nl

pt

component of carrier as‐


du

an
itte

sembly
y li
erm

ab
ility

10 - Window Regulator Motor


ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Bolted on to carrier as‐


h re

sembly from front


hole

spec

❑ Tightening torque for


es, in part or in w

t to the co

bolts of window regula‐


tor motor: 3.5 Nm
11 - Crank Mechanism for Mechanical Window Regulator
rrectness of i

❑ Bolted on to carrier assembly from front


l purpos

12 - Inner Window Recess Seal


❑ Inserted on flange
nf
ercia

orm
m

13 - Bolt
atio
om

❑ 8 Nm
n in
or c

thi
e

14 - Door Window
t

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

❑ Removing, refer to ⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door Window and Quarter Window Carrier Assembly”, page 196
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
15 - Window Guide
Co
Cop py
t.
❑ Fastened to filler piece
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
16 - Spacing Device
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.2.4 Comfort System Power Window Regu‐


lator with Pinch Protection
With introduction of comfort window regulator, front window reg‐
ulators are equipped in addition with automatic opening and
closing functions.

176 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
horis Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 nt➤
ee
aut Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 r ac
o
ss

ce
le
un

pt
Switch for automatic opening and closing for front windows are

an
d
itte
located in driver's door operating unit. Switches for driver and

y li
rm

ab
passenger door are equipped with a two-step function.

pe

ility
ot

wit
When respective switch is pressed or pulled to first step, front

, is n

h re
window manually opens or closes.

hole

spec
When switch is pressed or pulled completely to second step, front

es, in part or in w

t to the co
window automatically opens or closes.
Also, additional switches for individual windows are installed in
passenger door and rear doors.

rrectness of i
All electrical window regulators are equipped with excess force

l purpos
limitation (pinch protection). Window closing is automatically in‐
terrupted if obstructions block closing route.

nform
ercia
However, this does not apply when closing windows from outside
m
using ignition key - in this case there is no force limit.

a
com

tion in
Function of Window Regulator with Ignition Switched on
r
te o

thi
s
iva
Open

do
r
rp

cum
fo

Switch in driver's door

en
ng
t.
yi Co
op
• Front window: C py
ht. rig
rig ht
– Press switch forward to first step. Window is opened manually.
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
– Press switch forward briefly to second step. Window is opened
Prote AG.

automatically (automatic run-down).


– When switch is operated anew, window immediately stands.
• Rear window:
– Press switch forward. Window is opened manually.
Switch in passenger door and rear doors
– Press on lower surface of switch. Window is opened manually.
Close
Switch in driver's door
• Front window:
– Pull switch forward to first step. Window is closed manually.
– Pull switch forward briefly to second step. Window is closed
automatically (automatic run-up).
– When switch is operated anew, window immediately stands.
• Rear window:
– Press switch forward. Window is closed manually.
Switch in passenger door and rear doors
– Press on upper surface of switch. Window is closed manually.
Function of Window Regulator with Ignition Switched off
Window regulators can still be operated approx. 10 minutes after
switching ignition off, as long as driver's or passenger's door is
not opened.
When closing front windows, there is no automatic closing func‐
tion.
If window in driver's or passenger's door is hindered by difficulty
of movement or by an obstruction during closing sequence (force
limitation), window opens again immediately.
In this case window can only be closed again when ignition is
switched on.

2. Description and Operation 177


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
wage es n
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ yV
olks ot g
b ua
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 ir se
d ran
tee
tho
u or
a ac
For vehicles with central locking system,ss windows can be closed
and opened also from outside. To do so, key must only be held

ce
le
un

pt
in closing/opening position.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Setting Automatic Opening and Closing

pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
Note
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
After disconnecting and connecting vehicle battery, automatic
opening and closing of driver's and passenger's door is without
function.

rrectness of i
In order to restore this function after connecting battery, proceed
l purpos

as follows:
– Lock vehicle from outside using driver's or front passenger's

nform
ercia

door.
m

a
com

t
When doing this, make sure that all doors and windows are com‐

ion in
pletely closed.
r
te o

thi
s
iva

– Unlock vehicle and lock again via driver's or passenger's door.

do
r
rp

c
While doing this, hold key in lock position for at least one sec‐

um
fo

ond.

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Automatic opening and closing of driver's and passenger's win‐
C py
t. rig
gh
dow is re-activated.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
If there is a malfunction of electrical window regulator, this is in‐
agen
Prote AG.
dicated by blinking of switch lights in driver's and passenger's
door as well as rear doors.
All lights in door trim will flash for approx. 15 seconds after switch‐
ing on ignition.

2.2.5 Pinch Protection


• Requirement: Automatic opening and closing is OK.
• Ignition switched on.
– Close door window with window regulator switch (automatic
opening).
If a window is hindered by resistance or by an obstacle during
closing sequence, window opens again immediately (PP has
been activated).
– After window has opened, lift/press and hold switch of corre‐
sponding window again within 5 seconds.
If window still cannot be closed by resistance or by an obstacle,
window immediately remains standing (PP has been activated).
– After window remains standing, switch must be operated
again within 5 seconds in order to close window.
Window now closes over obstruction without force limitation.
• Ignition switched off.
If a window is hindered by resistance or by an obstacle during
closing sequence, window opens again immediately (PP) has
been activated).
Operating window regulator switch from inside has now been
locked.
If ignition is switched on within 1 minute after opening window and
then switch is pressed (close window), window is closed without
automatic run-up.

2.2.6 Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator Assembly Overview

178 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw not
by Vol
Golf
gu 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ara
d
orise Body Exterior
nte - Edition 08.2003
eo
th
au ra
s c
1 - Carrier Assembly s

ce
e
nl

pt
du
2 - Clamping Brackets

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
3 - Coupling Plate

ility
ot p

wit
4 - Window Regulator Motor

, is n

h re
❑ For electrical window
hole

spec
regulator es, in part or in w

t to the co
5 - Crank Mechanism
❑ For mechanical window
regulator

rrectness of i
6 - Long Release Cable
l purpos

❑ Cable reel - coupling


plate, rear

nform
ercia

7 - Relay Pulley
m

at
om

i
❑ With eccentric

on
c

in t
or

❑ Without eccentric

his
ate

do
riv

8 - Guide Rail
p

cum
for

en
g

9 - Diagonal Release Cable


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
10 - Cable Reel
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
11 - Short Release Cable
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Cable reel - coupling
plate, front

2. Description and Operation 179


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
e nte
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ tho ris
eo
u
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
ss a ra
c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
3 Removal and Installation

itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
⇒ “3.1 Flush-Bonded Windows”, page 180

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “3.2 Door Windows”, page 192
hole

spec
3.1 Flush-Bonded Windows
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “3.1.1 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 180
⇒ “3.1.2 Windshield”, page 182

rrectness of i
⇒ “3.1.3 Side Window, Golf, Undamaged, Removing”,
l purpos

page 184
⇒ “3.1.4 Side Window, Golf, Damaged, Removing”, page 185

nform
mercia

⇒ “3.1.5 Side Window, Golf, Installing”, page 185

at
om

ion
c

⇒ “3.1.6 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Undamaged, Removing”,

in t
or

page 186

his
ate

do
priv

c
⇒ “3.1.7 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Damaged, Removing”, page

um
for

187

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
⇒ “3.1.8 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Installing”, page 187
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
⇒ “3.1.9 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, Undamaged, Re‐
op Vo
by c lksw
cted
moving”, page 187
agen
Prote AG.

⇒ “3.1.10 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, Damaged, Re‐


moving”, page 188
⇒ “3.1.11 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, Installing”,
page 189
⇒ “3.1.12 Rear Window, Jetta, Undamaged, Removing”,
page 189
⇒ “3.1.13 Rear Window, Jetta, Damaged, Removing”,
page 190
⇒ “3.1.14 Rear Window, Jetta, Installing”, page 191
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, page 191
⇒ “3.1.16 Removing Excess Adhesive Sealing Material”,
page 192

3.1.1 Plenum Chamber Cover


Removing
– Remove wiper arms (nuts M8 = 20 Nm).
– Remove roof molding in area of A-pillar.
– Remove plenum chamber seal -1- along entire length and Re‐
move bolts -2-.
– Remove cover -3- of pollen filter forward at top.

180 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Note

Plenum chamber cover must not be pried off using a tool (screw‐
driver, wedge). Window will be damaged and may crack later.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
– Lift plenum chamber cover -1- at windshield edge.
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
– Now pull out plenum chamber cover -1- starting from wind‐ Cop py
t. rig
shield edge at right angle out of mounting slit at lower edge of yri
gh by
ht
windshield -2-.
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote
Installing
AG.

3. Removal and Installation 181


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Note

Striking plenum chamber cover can cause cracks in windshield.

– To ease installation of plenum chamber cover in mounting


slots -1-, area should be sprayed with a soapy solution.

– Press plenum chamber cover -1- in mounting slots, starting


from center in direction of -arrow-.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

3.1.2 Windshield
inform
mer

Removing
atio
om

n
c

– Remove A-pillar trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


i
or

n thi
e

Removal and Installation .


t

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by

182
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators
agen
Prote AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Unhook sun visor -1- out of mount -2-.


– Pry off cap -6-.
– Remove bolt -5-.
– Remove sun visor mount -4- from mounting and disconnect
connector -3-.
– Pry off cap -7-.
– Remove bolts -8- and remove mounts -2-.

– Pull rearview mirror -1- down at an angle -arrow- to release


from retaining plate (retaining springs in base of mirror).

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
– Fold down -arrow- center sun visor -1-. by
Vol not
gu
d ara
ise nte
– Remove screw -2- out of roof sidemember -3- andthoremove sun
r eo
visor. ss au ra
c

ce
le

– Insert protective foil -1- Cover for Audi 80/92 Dash Panel -
un

pt
an
VAG1474/8- between windshield and instrument panel.
d
itte

y li
rm

– Loosen sealing lip in upper area of windshield using a plastic ab


pe

ility
wedge and spray in Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- (as a
ot

wit
, is n

substitute for lubricant).


h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 183


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert cutting cord -2- into window flange using small tube.
– For very narrow gap dimensions, guide cutting cord from out‐
side and press under lip using plastic wedge.
– Push cutting cord end through adhesive sealant into vehicle
interior using awl (from -VAG1474A- ).

Note

In side area of window, guide awl through adhesive sealant as


close as possible to window flange on body, so as not to damage
sealing lip.

– Secure one cord end to Window Reel Device - VAG1654 A- .


– Pull through second cord inward and attach grip from Bonded
Window Tool Kit - VAG1351- to counterhold.
– Set Window Reel Device - VAG1654- into “Position I”.
– Move spooling tool according to position required and cut
windshield free.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using
plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window flange
and instrument cluster.
Installing
Preparing undamaged window for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
Preparing new window for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
Volkswagen AG
Preparing window flange for glazing, refer to agen
AG. does
ksw
⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”,
by
Vol
page 173 . not
gu
ara
d
ise nte
Installation notes, refer to ho
r eo
ut
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, spage
s a 191 . ra
c
ce
le

Minimum curing time, refer to


un

pt
an

⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164 .


d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility

3.1.3 Side Window, Golf, Undamaged, Re‐


ot

wit
, is n

moving
h re
hole

spec

– Remove side trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Re‐


es, in part or in w

t to the co

moval and Installation .


– Remove B-pillar trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
Removal and Installation .
rrectness of i

– Removing side support for luggage compartment cover and


l purpos

removing C-pillar trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


Removal and Installation .
nform
ercia

– Insert plastic wedge between sealing lip and window flange.


m

a
com

ti

– Loosen sealing lip from window flange all around and spray in
on in

Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- (as a substitute for lubri‐


r
te o

thi

cant).
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

184 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Push cutting cord through adhesive sealant into vehicle inte‐


rior using awl (from -VAG1474- ).

– Using small tube -1-, guide in cutting cord between lip and
window flange.
– For very narrow gap dimensions, guide cutting cord from out‐
side and press under lip using plastic wedge.
– Place cutting cord around side window.

– At outer cord end, attach pulling grip from Bonded Window


Tool Kit - VAG1351- to counterhold.
– Secure inner cord end to Window Reel Device - VAG1654-
and cut window free by positioning spooling tool. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against windowd busing
yV gu
ara
plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window
horise
flange. nte
e t or
au ac
ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
3.1.4 Side Window, Golf, Damaged, Remov‐
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

ing t to the co

Removing a damaged side window is performed same as for re‐


moving a damaged rear window, refer to
rrectne

⇒ “3.1.10 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, Damaged, Re‐


moving”, page 188 .
ss

3.1.5 Side Window, Golf, Installing


o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio

Note
om

n
c

i
or

n thi

Pre-coating material has been changed for side window (two


te

sd
a

door). For this purpose, note page


iv

o
pr

⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .


um
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Preparing undamaged window for glazing, refer to
C py
ht. rig
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Preparing new window for glazing, refer to
agen
Prote AG.
⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .

3. Removal and Installation 185


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Preparing window flange for glazing, refer to


⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 173 .
Installation notes, refer to
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, page 191 .
Minimum curing time, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164 .

3.1.6 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Undam‐


aged, Removing
– Remove luggage compartment trim in upper area, refer to ⇒
Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Removing C- and D-pillar trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.
Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
– Insert plastic wedge between sealing ylipolksw window flange.
and not
V gu b ara
ed nte
– Loosen seal from window flangethall
or around and spray in Clean‐
is
e or
ing Solution - D 009 401 04- s(as
a a substitute for lubricant).
u ac
s

ce
e

– Push cutting cord through adhesive sealant into vehicle inte‐


nl

pt
du

rior using awl (from -VAG1474- ).

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Using small tube -1-, guide in cutting cord between seal and nform
ercia

window flange.
m

at

– Pull through outer cord end inward and counterhold using


om

ion

Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- .


c

in t
or

his
te

– Secure one cord end to Window Reel Device - VAG1654- and


a

do
riv

cut window free by positioning spooling tool.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using


plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window flange.
– In area of C-pillar, two securing pins are installed on window.
Securing pins are cut through when cutting through adhesive
bead.
Window is re-installed without securing pins since they are not
available as replacement parts.

186 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– As shown in illustration, one suction cup can be removed from


spooling tool. By doing this, roller of spooling tool can be
placed closer to window flange.

3.1.7 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Damaged,


Removing
Removing a damaged side window is performed same as for re‐
moving a damaged rear window, refer to
⇒ “3.1.10 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, Damaged, Re‐
moving”, page 188 .

3.1.8 Side Window, Jetta Wagon, Installing


Preparing undamaged window for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
Preparing new window without pre-coating for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.8 Window, New without Pre-Coating, Preparing for Glaz‐
ing”, page 172 .
Preparing window flange for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 173 .
Installation notes, refer to
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, page 191 .
Minimum curing time, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164 . n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
3.1.9 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon, ir se
d byV ua
ran
tee
Undamaged, Removing autho
or
ac
ss
– Remove rear lid trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;
ce
e
nl

pt
du

Removal and Installation


an
itte

y li
erm

ab

– Disconnect connectors for heated rear window and press con‐


ility
ot p

nector tabs onto window.


wit
, is n

h re

– Removing rear window wiper motor, refer to ⇒ Electrical


hole

Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation .


spec
es, in part or in w

– Removing auxiliary brake light, refer to ⇒ Electrical Equip‐


t to the co

ment; Rep. Gr. 94 ; Removal and Installation .


– Loosen sealing lip from window flange using plastic wedge
rrectness of i

and spray in Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- (as a substitute


for lubricant).
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen

187
Prote AG.
3. Removal and Installation
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert guide needle -2- under sealing lip -3-using handle -1-
and knock through adhesive bead (use side area on lower
edge of rear window).
Hold guide needle as close to glass as possible.
– Remove handle and thread cutting cord through eye of needle.
– Using pliers and wearing gloves, pull one end of cutting cord
into vehicle interior.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
– Using small tubeho-1-, guide in cutting cord between lip and ntee
rise
window flange.aut or
ac
ss
– For very narrow gap dimensions, guide cutting cord from out‐

ce
e
nl

pt
du

side and press under lip using plastic wedge.

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Place cutting cord around window as shown.
l purpos

Note
nf
ercia

orm
m

Press in cutting cord far enough to prevent damage to lip/spacer.


atio
om

n in
or c

thi

– Pull through outer cord end inward and secure to Bonded


te

sd
a

Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- to counterhold.


iv

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
– Apply cloth-reinforced adhesive tape to window flange on in‐ cted agen
Prote AG.
side -1-.
– Secure cord end to spooling tool.
– Set Window Reel Device - VAG1654- into “Position I”.
– Move spooling tool according to position required and cut
windshield free.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using
plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window flange.

3.1.10 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon,


Damaged, Removing
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters.
– Remove glass pieces up to adhesive material.
– Remove connectors for glass defroster and antenna.

188 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Bond flange -2- all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
– Remove adhesive material (with glass residue) from window
opening using electric cutter and Knife - VAG1561/10- (with
stopper roll).

WARNING

Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.

3.1.11 Rear Window, Golf and Jetta Wagon,


Installing
Preparing undamaged window for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
Preparing new window for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .
Preparing window flange for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 173 .
Installation notes, refer to
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, page 191 .
Minimum curing time, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page. 164 .
Volkswag n AG en AG
wage does
3.1.12 Rear Window, Jetta, Undamaged, Re‐
by
Volks not
gu
ara
ed
moving thoris nte
eo
s au ra
c
– Disconnects connectors for heated rear window and press con‐
ce
e

nector tabs onto window.


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li

– Remove parcel shelf, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ;


erm

ab

Removal and Installation .


ility
ot p

wit
, is n

– Removing upper C-pillar trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep.


h re

Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation .


hole

spec

– Loosen sealing lip from window flange using plastic wedge


es, in part or in w

t to the co

and spray in Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- (as a substitute


for lubricant).
– Insert cutting cord into window flange using small tube.
rrectness of i
l purpos

Note
nf
ercia

Press in cutting cord far enough to prevent damage to lip/spacer.


rm
m

atio
om

n in
c

– Push cutting cord through adhesive sealant into vehicle inte‐


or

thi

rior using awl (from -VAG1474A- ).


te

sd
iva

o
r

– Pull through outer cord end inward and counterhold using


rp

cu
o

m
f

Bonded Window Tool Kit - Pull Handle - VAG1351/1- .


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Secure inner cord end to spooling tool.
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
– Position Window Reel Device - VAG1654- . co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 189


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert protective foil -1- ( 1 Cover for Passat 97> Rear Roof
Lining, - VAG1474/14- ) between rear window and headliner.
– Move spooling tool according to position required and cut
windshield free.
– While cutting free, press cutting cord against window using
plastic wedge in order to have clearance from window flange.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
s c
– In place of Window Reel Device - VAG1654- , Window Reel s

ce
le

Device - VAG1654 A- can also be used.


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness
– As shown in illustration, one suction cup can be removed from
o
cial p

f i

spooling tool. By doing this, roller of spooling tool can be


nform

placed closer to window flange.


mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3.1.13 Rear Window, Jetta, Damaged, Remov‐


ing
– Protect body and interior from glass splinters.
– Remove glass pieces up to adhesive material.
– Remove connectors for glass defroster and antenna.
– Bond flange -2- all around with fabric reinforced adhesive tape.
– Remove adhesive material (with glass residue) from window
opening using electric cutter and Knife - VAG1561/10- (with
stopper roll).

WARNING

Always wear protective goggles and leather gloves.

190 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 e➤
or
u
ss a Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 ac

ce
le
un

pt
3.1.14 Rear Window, Jetta, Installing

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
Preparing undamaged window for glazing, refer to

pe

ility
ot
⇒ “2.1.6 Used Window, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .

wit
, is n

h re
Preparing new window for glazing, refer to

hole

spec
⇒ “2.1.7 Window, New, Preparing for Glazing”, page 171 .

es, in part or in w

t to the co
Preparing window flange for glazing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.9 Window Flange, Preparing for Glazing”, page 173 .

rrectness of i
Installation notes, refer to
⇒ “3.1.15 Installation Information”, page 191 .

l purpos
Minimum curing time, refer to
⇒ “1.3 Minimum Curing Time”, page 164 .

nform
3.1.15 Installation Information mercia

a
com

tion in
– Apply adhesive material all around onto pre-coating -1- at right
r
te o

thi
angle to window.

s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

WARNING

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
Window must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise bond‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ing properties of window adhesive will be impaired.
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Insert window into window cut out using two double suction
lifters Double Suction Lifter - VAG1344- ), center and press in
up to spacer.
♦ Gap dimension of windshield, refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Windshield Assembly Overview”, page 165 .
♦ Secure windshield using window adjuster (443 845 631 A)
during curing time.
♦ Plenum chamber cover must always be installed as described
on page, refer to
⇒ “3.1.1 Plenum Chamber Cover”, page 180 .
♦ Re-affix any stickers (e.g. for airbag).

– When installing mirror -1-, attach at 60…90° offset to installa‐


tion position and turn -arrow- until retaining spring engages.
♦ Insert rubber seal for axle of rear windshield wiper motor into
rear window.
♦ For Jetta, check gap dimension between rear lid and rear win‐
dow using Gauge - Gap Adjustment - 3371- ; rear window gap
dimension, refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Jetta”,
page 170 .
♦ Rear window gap dimension, refer to
⇒ “2.1.4 Rear Window Assembly Overview, Golf and Jetta
Wagon”, page 169 .
♦ Activator must not be applied onto distributing wire for window
heater.
♦ Secure rear window using adhesive tape during curing time.
♦ For Jetta, secure rear window using window adjusters (443
845 631 A) during curing time.
♦ If adhesive bead has been applied too thick and adhesive ex‐
pands onto area of window heating, then excess adhesive
must be removed.

3. Removal and Installation 191


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3.1.16 Removing Excess Adhesive Sealing


Material
– Adhesive Removal Solution - D 002 000 10- is recommended
cleaning solution. Observe safety precautions when process‐
ing.

WARNING

When cleaning from vehicle interior out, window just installed


must not be pressed outward.

– First, clean coarse paint surfaces with a dry cloth. Remove


further material using Adhesive Removal Solution - D 002 000
10- .
– Clean plastic trim: Allow adhesive sealing material to harden
(about 1 hour) and then peel off.

3.2 Door Windows


⇒ “3.2.1 Front Door Window”, page 192
⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193
⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door Window and Quarter Window
. VolksCarrier
wagen AAssem‐
bly”, page 196 wagen AG G do
es n
lks o ot g
yV ua
⇒ “3.2.4 Door Window, Installing
ris
ed on Window Regulator”,
b ran
tee
page 203 ut
ho
or
sa ac
⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regulator
s Motor or Carrier Assembly with Win‐
ce
le

dow Regulator”, page 203


un

pt
an
d
itte

y li

⇒ “3.2.6 Window Regulator”, page 205


erm

ab
ility
ot p

3.2.1 Front Door Window


wit
is n

h re
ole,

– Removing front door trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

70 ; Removal and Installation .


t to the co

– Pry off caps -1-.


– Lower door window until securing bolts at clamping brackets
rrectne

are accessible.
ss o

Note
cial p

f inform
mer

If work step is not possible due to a malfunction via electrical win‐


atio

dow regulator, window regulator motor can be removed to be able


om

to slide window down.


c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

192 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamping brackets apart.


– Raise rear door window and remove out of door toward front
in direction of -arrow-.

3.2.2 Carrier Assembly


Window regulator, door lock and loudspeaker are secured to car‐
rier assembly.
. Volkswagen AG
Window regulator is part of carrier assembly delivery
ksw
agen casing.
AG does
not
ol
yV gu
Carrier assembly can only be removediswhen
ed
b door window has ara
nte
been removed at clamping bracketsutofh window regulator. For this
or eo
purpose, door window must be driven
ss a down to height of installa‐ ra
c
tion holes in carrier assembly and clamping brackets loosened.

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
If it is not possible to drive down door window by electrical window
itte

y li
regulator, first exact cause of malfunction must be determined.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

To do so, using Vehicle Diagnostic Tester System - VAG1551- ,

wit
, is n

check DTC Memory of comfort system (address word 46), refer

h re
hole

to ⇒ Body On Board Diagnostic; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Diagnosis and

spec
Testing .
es, in part or in w

t to the co
If there is an electrical fault via window regulator motor, this can
be removed from carrier assembly.

rrectness of i
Removing
l purpos

– Removing front door trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.


70 ; Removal and Installation .
nform
ercia

– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing, refer to


⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 .
m

at
om

io

– Pry off caps -1-.


n
c

in t
or

his
e

– Lower door window until securing bolts of door window are


at

do
riv

accessible.
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
Note
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
If work step is not possible due to a malfunction via electrical win‐
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
dow regulator, window regulator motor can be removed to be able
AG.

to slide window down.

– Loosen bolts -2- and press clamping brackets apart.


– Slide door windows upward and secure (e.g. using adhesive
tape).

3. Removal and Installation 193


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Disconnect all connectors -arrows-.

– Remove bolts -2-.


Tightening torque: 20 Nm

– Remove bolts -arrows-. Remove upper Acarrier assembly


G. Volkswagen AG from
swagenhinge side of door.
door, lift and lift out from door toward does
olk no t gu
V
by ara
– Rotate carrier assemblyriand
se
d
disconnect connector from door nte
lock. autho eo
ra
ss c
– Then, unclip clips for electrical wires from rear side of carrier
ce
le
un

assembly.
pt
an
d
itte

y li

Installing
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

194 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of -arrow-.


rrectness of i

– Using a screwdriver, tension spring -2- secured to door lock in


l purpos

direction of -arrow- and engage lock lever into spring.


nf
ercia

orm

Note
m

atio
om

n in
c

Lock is secured by engaging operating lever. Thereby later incorrect clipping-in of release cable is prevented.
or

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

– Insert carrier assembly into door.


rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 195


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Tighten all bolts. Tighten bolts marked -1- and -2- in specified
sequence.
Tightening torque: 8 Nm agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
V gu
– Remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence. ed by ara
nte
ris
o eo
– Insert door window -3- through window recess
aut
h
without addi‐ ra
tional force into clamping brackets and salign at rear window
s c

ce
e
guide -arrow-.

nl

pt
du

an
itte
– While doing this, make sure that window stands parallel to

y li
erm

ab
window guide.

ility
ot p

wit
– Tighten clamping brackets with bolts -4-.
, is n

h re
hole

• Tightening torque: Plastic clamping brackets 9 Nm, aluminum

spec
clamping brackets 11 Nm.
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Then, perform in reverse order of removal.
• Then, perform a function load test.

rrectness of i
l purpos

3.2.3 Rear Door Window and Quarter Window

nform
ercia

Carrier Assembly
m

at
om

io
Door window and quarter window are contained in following de‐

n
c

in t
r

scription “Removing carrier assembly”.


o

his
ate

do
riv

Window regulator, door lock and loudspeaker are secured to car‐


p

cum
or

rier assembly.
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Window regulator is part of carrier assembly delivery casing and Cop py
cannot be replaced individually.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
Carrier assembly can only be removed when door window is re‐
lksw
cted agen
Prote
moved from window regulator. For this purpose, door window
AG.

must be driven down to height of installation hole in carrier as‐


sembly and spreader pins must be removed.
If it is not possible to drive down door window by electrical window
regulator, first exact cause of malfunction must be determined.
To do so, using Vehicle Diagnostic Tester System - VAG1551- ,
check DTC Memory of comfort system (address word 46), refer
to ⇒ Body On Board Diagnostic; Rep. Gr. 01 ; Diagnosis and
Testing .
If there is an electrical fault via window regulator motor, this can
be removed from carrier assembly.
Removing
– Removing rear door trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Removing and installing lock cylinder housing, refer to
⇒ “2.1.2 Lock Cylinder Housing”, page 63 .

196 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Pry off cap -1-.


– Lower door window until spreader pin -2- and spreader plug
-3- are accessible in window cut-out.

Note

If work step is not possible due to a malfunction via electrical win‐


dow regulator, window regulator motor can be removed to be able
to slide window down.

– Screw in a 5 mm bolt (approx. 70 mm long) into spreader pin


-2- and pull out from spreader plug -3-.
– Now screw in a 8 mm bolt (approx. 80 mm long) into spreader
plug -3-.

Note

When screwing bolt into spreader plug, do not use excessive


force on anchor otherwise it may fall backward into door.

– Pull out spreader plug from window regulator guide and there‐
by from door window.
– During this, release cable must be pressed to side from win‐
dow using a screwdriver.

– Pull off seal -1- from center bar up to window recess seal -2-.
– Pry off cap -3-.
– Remove visible bolt.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 197


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Using a screwdriver -1-, lift catch -2- and remove filler piece

t to the co
-3- upward out of window frame.
– Grip inner window recess seal -1- using pliers -2-. Then, move

rrectness of i
pliers in direction of -arrow- and simultaneously lift off window
recess seal -1- from door flange using a light turning motion
l purpos

upward.
– For easier removal of window recess seal, pliers may be sup‐
nform
ercia

ported using a wedge -3-.


m

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

198 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Slide door window -1- upward and remove inward -arrow- from
door.

– Remove window guide -1- in upper area and remove bolt -2-
at center bar.

Note

♦ Bolt -2- is gradually being discontinued. Therefore, center bar


is then clipped into door at top.
♦ Rest of work procedure remains identical.

– Remove bolt -1-.


– Remove center bar -2- from quarter window seal -3- and re‐
move downward from top of window G guide.
. Volkswagen nA AG do
wage es n
Volks ot g
by ua
ed ran
oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Remove center bar -1- upward from door.


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 199


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove window guide -1- from door flange -2-. Rotate lower
area of window guide outward 90° -arrow A- and then remove
window recess seal -3- upward -arrow B-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– Now quarter window can removed from door at corner

wit
is n

h re
-arrow-.
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Carrier Assembly, Removing (continued)

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n
– Remove boot -1- from B-pillar.
thi
te

sd
va

– Disconnect connector -2-.


i

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove bolts -arrows-.


– Remove bolt -1- (for lock).

200 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove upper carrier assembly from door, lift and lift out of
door toward hinge side -arrow- of door.
– Next, loosen two clips for electrical wire from reinforcement
plate in door and disconnect wire from boot.
Quarter Window, Installing

– Insert quarter window into door -arrow A- (soapy solution as a


lubricant facilitates inserting).
– Attach window guide -1- onto door flange -2- from outside and
rotate outward 90°.
– Then insert window guide into window recess as depicted in
illustration.
– Now window recess seal -3- can be pressed onto door flange
downward -arrow B-.
– Position window guide -1- in door flange -2- and install com‐
pletely. AG. Volkswagen A gen G do
swa es n
– Then, perform in reverse order of removal. by Volk ot g
ua
ed ran
Carrier Assembly, Installing oris tee
th or
au ac
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Removal and Installation 201


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i

– Pull operating lever -1- in direction of -arrow-.


l purpos

– Using a screwdriver, tension spring -2- secured to door lock in


direction of -arrow- and engage lock lever into spring.
nform
mercia

at
om

Note
on
c

in t
or

his
te

Lock is secured by engaging operating lever. Thereby later incorrect clipping-in of release cable is prevented.
a

do
priv

cum
for

en
g

– Insert electrical wire through boot into door and secure clips
n

t.
yi Co
in door plate. Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri
– Insert carrier assembly into door. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

202 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


oes Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen
ksw not
by Vol
Body guExterior - Edition 08.2003
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
– Tighten all bolts. Tighten boltsautmarked -1- and -2- in specified
h
ra
sequence. ss c

ce
le
un

pt
Tightening torque: 8 Nm

an
d
itte

y li
erm
– Remaining bolts can be tightened in any sequence.

ab
ility
ot p
– Installing door window, see installing door window at window

wit
is n
regulator page, refer to

h re
ole,
⇒ “3.2.4 Door Window, Installing on Window Regulator”, page

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

203 .

t to the co
– Then, perform in reverse order of removal.
• Then, perform a function load test.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
a

3.2.4 Door Window, Installing on Window


iv

o
pr

cum
r
fo

Regulator

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
– Window must be checked for damage before inserting spread‐ t. C rig
gh ht
er plug and spreader pin. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Note

Spreader plug and spreader pin must always be replaced when


performing installation work at door window.

– With window removed, insert spreader plug -2- centered.


– Press in spreader pin -1- flush into spreader plug -2-.
– Guide door window into door.
– Insert door window -3- into slit of window regulator guide -4-.
– Using light pressure from above, lock window into window
regulator -arrow-.

3.2.5 Window Regulator Motor or Carrier As‐


sembly with Window Regulator
Removing
Illustration shows removal and installation of window regulator
motor/carrier assembly with window regulator for rear doors. Re‐
moving and installing for front doors is performed in same way.
Removing front or rear carrier assembly, refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 or

3. Removal and Installation 203


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

⇒ “3.2.3 Rear Door Window and Quarter Window Carrier Assem‐


bly”, page 196 .
– Slide a hammer handle between window guide and carrier as‐
sembly so far until hammer handle end presses on gears of
carrier assembly.
– Remove bolts -1- and remove window regulator.
Window Regulator Motor, Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

– By removing window regulator motor, gearing shifts, it is not

h re
ole,

centered.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

– When installing window regulator motor, gears must be

t to the co
aligned until window regulator motor is centered again.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
– Attach and tighten bolts -1-.
te

sd
iva

o
r

Tightening torque: 3.5 Nm


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Tightening torque must always be observed since otherwise dam‐


t.
yi Co
op
age to plastic sleeve on window regulator motor can result.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Carrier Assembly with Window Regulator, Installing cop Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

For replacement part carrier assemblys, gearing is secured


against slipping and falling by a cable tie -1-.
– Slide a hammer handle between window guide and SF so far
until hammer handle end presses on gears of SF.

204 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
– Remove cable tie -1-.
Vol
ksw not
gu
y
db ar
– By removing owindow
ris
e
regulator motor, gearing shifts, it aisntenot
eo
centered. auth ra
ss c
– When installing window regulator motor, gears must be

ce
le
un

pt
aligned until window regulator motor is centered again.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
– Attach and tighten bolts -1-.

rrectness of i
Tightening torque: 3.5 Nm
l purpos

Tightening torque must always be observed since otherwise dam‐


age to plastic sleeve on window regulator motor can result.

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
3.2.6 Window Regulator
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
When servicing window regulator, following components can be Prote AG.
replaced:
♦ Coupling plate with clamping brackets
♦ Cable reel with release cable
♦ Window regulator motor (for electrical window regulators)
♦ Window crank (for mechanical window regulators)
Removing
– Removing carrier assembly with window regulator, refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 .
Vehicles with Electrical Window Regulators
– Removing motor for window regulator, refer to
⇒ “3.2.5 Window Regulator Motor or Carrier Assembly with
Window Regulator”, page 203 .
Vehicles with Mechanical Window Regulators
– Removing crank mechanism and transfer element for cable
reel, refer to ⇒ page 206 .

3. Removal and Installation 205


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Continued for all vehicles

Note

♦ Repair using repair kit is only possible with window regulator


that are equipped with eccentric relay pulley -1-.
♦ For window regulators with relay pulleys without eccentric
-2-, complete carrier assembly must be replaced.
♦ Color of relay pulleys is not important.
♦ Protect loudspeakers against damage during entire repair.
♦ Place carrier assembly on a level surface, support if neces‐
sary.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
– Checking relay pulleys, guide rails and seal for damage. Re‐ byV
o gu
ara
place carrier assembly if damaged. rised
nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Locate start and end of diagonal release cable -4-. Do not

ility
ot p

damage diagonal release cable -4-, this is not replaced.

wit
is n

h re
– Release cables -2- and -6-, which come from cable reel -5-,
ole,

must be cut through in guide rails -3- and -7-.

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
– Slide coupling plate and clamping brackets -1- on guide rails
into topmost position. It is only possible to remove coupling
plate with clamping brackets here.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
– Fold coupling plate and clamping brackets -1- in direction of
om

n
- arrow-. When doing this, note position of release cables -2-
c

i
or

n
and -3- in coupling plate.

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r

– Remove cut-off ends of release cables from coupling plates.


p

cum
r
fo

en
ng

– Diagonal release cable must not be changed in its installation


t.
yi Co
op
position. C py
ht. rig
rig ht
by
Removing Crank Mechanism (Vehicles with Mechanical Window copy Vo
by lksw
Regulators cted agen
Prote AG.

– Remove bolts -1-.


– Remove crank mechanism -2-.
– Remove seals -2-.

206 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw not
gu
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
y
rised b ara
ntee
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
utho or
a ac
– Remove transfer
ss element for cable reel -1-.

ce
le
un
Continued for all vehicles

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectnes
– Press together retaining clamps of threaded sleeves

s o
cial p

f
-arrows-.

inform
mer

– Remove cable reel from carrier assembly.

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Clean guide rails -1- and -2- as well as insertion opening


-arrow- of grease and dirt.
Installing

– Insert threaded sleeves -arrows- of new cable reel through


openings in carrier assembly.
– Cut and remove both cable ties on cable reel.

3. Removal and Installation 207


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Press cable reel -1- into carrier assembly using light pressure.

Note

Do not remove securing plate -2- from cable reel.

– Route release cable with long sheathing -3- under diagonal


release cable -4-.
– Guide sheathing of release cables into cable reel -1-
-arrows-.
– Guide release cable with short sheathing into release cable
mount of front guide rail.
Do not thread release cable onto relay pulley yet.
– Guide release cable with long sheathing into release cable
mount of rear guide rail.
Do not insert release cable onto relay pulley yet.

Note

Ends of release cable must be located in vicinity of upper side of


window regulator because clamping brackets can only be instal‐
led on guide rails in topmost position. If necessary, pull release
cable slightly out of cable reel.

Installation of Coupling Plate with Clamping Brackets


– Connect coupling plate with clamping brackets sideways onto
guide rail. Clamping brackets must face toward upper side of
window regulator. AG. Volkswagen
agen AG do
ksw es n
Vol ot g
– Insert crimped release cable ed b ends into coupling plate -3-.
y ua
ran
oris tee
– First insert release cable
auth
-1- coming from below into upper, or
ac
deep groove. ss
ce
le
un

pt

– Next, insert release cable -2- coming from above into lower,
an
d
itte

shallow groove.
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Note
h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Release cables must not cross.


t to the co
rrectne

– Fold up coupling plate with clamping brackets -1- in direction


of - arrow- toward guide rail -2-.
ss

– Install second coupling plate with clamping brackets -1- as


o
cial p

described.
inform
mer

Thread in Release Cable onto Relay Pulley


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

208 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
lksw
agen oes
not Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
o
d by
V gu
ara Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
ise nte
or eo
h
– Check
aut 4 ends of release cable sheathings for correct r a seating
s c
in mounts -arrow-.
s

ce
e
nl

pt
du

– Route release cable -1- onto eccentric washer of relay pulleys

an
itte

y li
-2- as depicted in illustration.
erm

ab
ility
ot p

– All eccentric washers must be rotate to lowest height, other‐

wit
, is n

wise it is very difficult to install release cable onto last relay

h re
pulley.
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove securing plate -2- from cable reel -1-.


– Pull both coupling plates with clamping brackets up to lower

nform
ercia

end of guide rails. When doing this, release cable slide auto‐
matically into relay pulley grooves.
m

at
om

ion
c

– Check position of release cable.

in t
or

his
te

Release cable must be located correctly in groove at all 4 relay


a

do
riv

pulleys.
p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
– Slide coupling plates with clamping brackets back and forth
op
yi Co
several times on guide rails to check them for proper function.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
Vehicles with Electrical Window Regulators
op Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Place foam shims contained in repair set between window
regulator motor and carrier assembly.
– Install motor for window regulator.
– Tighten bolts to 3.5 Nm.
Vehicles with Mechanical Window Regulators

– Connect transfer element for cable reel -1-.


– Insert new seals -2-.

– Connect crank mechanism -2-. If necessary, align transfer el‐


ement for cable reel and crank mechanism. To do so, rotate
transfer element as far until transfer element and crank mech‐
anism have correct position to each other.
– Tighten bolts to -1- to 3.5 Nm.
Continued for all vehicles
– Installing carrier assembly with window regulator, refer to
⇒ “3.2.2 Carrier Assembly”, page 193 .
– Slide door window into clamping brackets without excessive
force and align to rear window guide.
– Tighten bolts for clamping brackets to 10 Nm.

3. Removal and Installation 209


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
yV gu
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ed b ➤ ara
nte
ris
Body Exterior - Edition
ut
ho 08.2003 eo
ra
s a c
s

ce
e
nl

pt
4 Special Tools

du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Special tools and workshop

wit
, is n

equipment required

h re
hole

spec
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10011-
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Wrench - Driver - T10072-
♦ Door Handle Assembly

rrectness of i
Tool - T10034-
l purpos

♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -


Box Wrench - 3320/2- for
Wrench - Door Adjusting -

nform
ercia

3320-
m

at
♦ Wrench - Door Adjusting -
om

io
Box Wrench - 3320/3- for

n
c

in t
or

Wrench - Door Adjusting -

his
ate

3320-

do
priv

cum
or

♦ Cylinder Head Bolt Socket -


f

en
ng

t.
3410-
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

210 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit -
VAG1474A-
♦ Double Suction Lifter -
VAG1344-
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit -
VAG1351-
♦ Window Removing Kit -
VAG1755-
♦ Cartridge Gun - VAG1628-
♦ Cartridge Heater -
VAG1939-

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Special Tools 211


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ Window Cutter - VAG1561


A-
. Volkswagen AG
a gen AG does
♦ Window Cutter - Offset
Vol
ksw not
gu
Blade (2 pc.) e-dVAG1561/2-
by ara
nte
is
or eo
♦ WindowaCutter
ut
h
-U Blade (2 ra
pc.) - VAG1561/3-
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Scraper (25 mm) -

an
d
itte

VAG1561/8-

y li
erm

ab
ility
♦ Cutting Blade, Bent At
ot p

wit
Right Angle - VAG1561/10-
is n

h re
ole,

♦ Double Cartridge Gun -

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

VAS5237-

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

212 Rep. Gr.64 - Glass, Window regulators


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
ise nte
thor eo Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
u ra
ss a c Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
66 – itte Exterior equipment

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

1 General Information

h re
hole

spec
⇒ “1.1 Safety Precautions”, page 213
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “1.2 Materials”, page 213
⇒ “1.3 Installation Information”, page 213

rrectness of i
⇒ “1.4 Minimum Curing Time”, page 214
l purpos

⇒ “1.5 Paint Damage, Repairing”, page 214

nform
ercia

1.1 Safety Precautions


m

at
om

ion
c

Caution

in t
or

his
ate

do
riv

♦ These components have been developed specifically for


p

cum
or

technical requirements of Golf "GTI 337 Edition" and Jetta


f

en
ng

GLI Sport and R32. Each of these components must be


t.
yi Co
op
replaced in any case with corresponding original part.
C py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by
♦ Without these components, vehicle may not be driven in cop Vo
by lksw
open traffic.
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.2 Materials
♦ 2K- window adhesive -DA 004 600 A2- 11)

♦ Mixer with cone shaped -D 002 001-


nozzle

♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1- 10)

♦ Primer -D 181 711 A1-

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04- 10)

♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25- 10)

♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10- 10)

♦ Cutting cord -357 853 999 A-

10) Materials are stored in box D 004 700


11) Observe minimum curing time.
12) Double Cartridge Gun - VAS5237- must be used to process this material.

1.3 Installation Information


Surfaces of components to be primed must be free of dirt.
– Remove adhesive residue using Adhesive Removal Solution
- D 002 000 10- .
– Saturate a cloth with Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- .
– Always wipe application area for adhesive bead twice using
saturated cloth and allow to air dry.
– Now apply primer uniformly in one stroke using Applicator - D
009 500 25- .
♦ Air dry time approx. 10 minutes

1. General Information 213


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
ksw not
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003 by Vol
gu
ara
d
rise nte
o eo
– Adhesive material must be appliedato
ut primed surfaces of com‐
h
ra
ponent. ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte
WARNING

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p
Components must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise

wit
bonding properties of adhesive will be impaired. , is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Keep gap dimensions as narrow as possible, up to approx. 1
mm.
♦ Secure components using adhesive tape during curing time.

rrectness of i
1.4 Minimum Curing Time
l purpos

Minimum curing time for newly bonded special components is 3

nform
ercia

hours.
m

at
Minimum curing time is time from applying components up to ve‐
om

io
hicle use. During this time, vehicle must stand on an even surface

n
c

in t
or

at room temperature (at least 60° F (15° C)).

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

WARNING
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
Vehicle is operationally ready only after minimum curing time
t. C rig
gh ht
has elapsed. pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

1.5 Paint Damage, Repairing


Paint construction must be re-established.
Following repair method applies to paint damage in an area which
is not visible:
– Paint twice (wet on wet) using Glass/Paint Primer - D 009 200
02- - minimum air drying time 10 minutes.

214 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2 Description and Operation


⇒ “2.1 Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 215
⇒ “2.2 Roof Molding”, page 216
⇒ “2.3 Roof Rail”, page 218
⇒ “2.4 Radiator Grille”, page 219
⇒ “2.5 Side Protective Moldings”, page 220
⇒ “2.6 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light”, page 221
⇒ “2.7 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32 Special
Components”, page 223

2.1 Exterior Rearview Mirror


⇒ “2.1.1 Exterior Rearview Mirror Assembly Overview”,
page 215 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
2.1.1 Exterior Rearview Mirror Assembly Overview ol not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
1 - Mirror Housing ss c

ce
le
un

❑ Removing, refer to

pt
an
d

⇒ “4.2.1 Mirror Hous‐


itte

y li
rm

ing”, page 242 .

ab
pe

ility
❑ Material - ABS
ot

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Bolt
hole

spec
❑ 10 Nm
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Cover for Exterior Rearview
Mirror

rrectness of i
4 - Bolt
l purpos

5 - Clip
6 - Connector

nform
ercia

7 - Insulation
m

a
com

ti

8 - Mirror Lens
on in
r
te o

❑ Removing
thi
s
iva

do

– Press off mirror lens first


r
rp

cum
fo

at bottom, then at top


en
ng

t.
special tool Pry Lever -
yi Co
op
80-200- protect mirror
C py
t. rig
gh
housing from damage.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted
❑ Installing:
agen
Prote AG.

– Insert mirror lens into


mount with guide pins
and press on.
❑ Only press on center of
glass - always use pro‐
tective gloves

2. Description and Operation 215


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2 Roof Molding


⇒ “2.2.1 Roof Molding”, page 216
⇒ “2.2.2 Roof Molding, Jetta from 06.07”, page 217

2.2.1 Roof Molding

1 - Roof Molding
❑ Do not bend roof mold‐
ing
❑ Installing:
– Align roof molding at B-
pillar (two-door) or C-pil‐
lar (four-door) and con‐
tinue installing toward
front.

2 - Cover Strip
❑ Installing:
– Insert cover strip into
pocket of roof molding
up to stop, then press in‐ AG. Volkswagen AG d
to roof channel. lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
d by ara
A lubricant may be used for in‐ orise nte
stallation. aut
h eo
ra
ss c
3 - Hollow Rivet

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

4 - Angle Strip

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

216 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.2.2 Roof Molding, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Roof Molding
❑ Do not bend roof mold‐
ing
❑ Installing:
– Align roof molding at B-
pillar (two-door) or C-pil‐
lar (four-door) and con‐
tinue installing toward
front.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
2 - Cover Strip ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
❑ Installing: ed by gu
ara
ris nte
o
– Insert cover strip into
aut
h eo
ra
pocket of roof molding
ss c
up to stop, then press in‐

ce
le
un

pt
to roof channel.

an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
A lubricant may be used for in‐
pe

ility
stallation.
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

3 - Hollow Rivet

spec
es, in part or in w

4 - Angle Strip

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 217


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.3 Roof Rail


⇒ “2.3.1 Roof Rail Assembly Overview”, page 218

2.3.1 Roof Rail Assembly Overview

1 - Roof Rail
❑ Installation sequence:
A-pillar, C-pillar and D-
pillar
2 - Nut
❑ Qty. 6
❑ 23 Nm
3 - Taper Washer
4 - Cover Cap
❑ First insert cap into
round clip and then
press into double clip
5 - Base Plate
6 - Cover Cap
❑ Center
❑ Press cap onto roof rail‐
ing base
7 - Angle Bracket
❑ Installing, refer to
⇒ “4.4.1 Angle Bracket”,
page 246 AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ with securing pins, taper olksw not
yV gu
washer, sealing ring and ised b ara
nte
securing cap (securing ut
hor eo
cap is component of re‐ ss a ra
c
placement part kit)
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
8 - Bolt
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Qty. 12
ility
ot p

❑ 20 Nm wit
, is n

h re
9 - Weld Nut
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

218 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.4 Radiator Grille


⇒ “2.4.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 219

2.4.1 Radiator Grille Assembly Overview, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 2 Nm
2 - Radiator Grille
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.5.2 Radiator Grille,
Jetta from 06.07”,
page 248
3 - VW Emblem
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “4.5.3 Brand Emblem,
Jetta from 06.07”,
en AG. V
olkswagen AG
page 248olkswag does
no
yV t gu
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 219


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.5 Side Protective Moldings


⇒ “2.5.1 External Door Coverings Assembly Overview, Golf from
2008”, page 220

2.5.1 External Door Coverings Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008

1 - Gluing Area of the Front


Door External Covering
❑ Clean the adhesion
area with Cleaning Sol‐
ution - D 009 401 04- ,
and then, apply the Sili‐
cone Remover - LSE
020 100 A3-
2 - Front Door External Cover‐
ing
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Before removing, you
must heat the covering
with the Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
❑ Remove the adhesive AG. Volkswagen AG d
tape liner, position the lksw
agen oes
not
covering and press d by
Vo gu
ara
carefully in order not to orise nte
trap air bubbles under aut
h eo
ra
the covering; then, ss c
press strongly, by using

ce
e
nl

pt
du

the pressure roll -

an
itte

y li
3356- . Operating tem‐
erm

ab
perature of approx. 24

ility
ot p

Nm.

wit
, is n

h re
3 - Rear Door External Cover‐
hole

spec
ing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Before removing, you
must heat the covering

rrectness of i
with the Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
l purpos

❑ Remove the adhesive


tape liner, position the
nf
ercia

covering and press


orm

carefully in order not to


m

atio
m

trap air bubbles under the covering; then, press strongly, by using the Pressure Roll - 3356- . Operating
o

n in
c

temperature of approx. 24 Nm.


or

thi
te

sd
a

4 - Gluing Area of the Front Door External Covering


iv

o
r
rp

cu

❑ Clean the adhesion area with cleaning solution - D 009 401 04- , and then, apply the silicone remover -
o

m
f

en
ng

LSE 020 100 A3-


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

220 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.6 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light


⇒ “2.6.1 Rear Spoiler General Information”, page 221
⇒ “2.6.2 Rear Spoiler Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008”, page
221

2.6.1 Rear Spoiler General Information

Note

♦ If rear lid is damaged and needs to be replaced, rear spoiler


also has to be changed and rear lid preparation has to be done
before proceeding with installation procedure of rear spoiler/
rear lid
♦ Two different procedures are listed below, a procedure that
applies when rear lid is damaged and therefore shall be
changed and a procedure that applies when either spoiler or
stoplight malfunction.

2.6.2 Rear Spoiler Assembly Overview, Golf from 2008

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Anchoring tool - VAG1351-
♦ Glued glass removal kit -
VAG1474B-
♦ Glass removal kit -
VAG1755-
♦ Pneumatic Adhesive appli‐ swagen AG. Volkswagen AG does
cator - VAS5237- by
Vol
k not
gu
ara
ed nte
oris e
th or
au ac
ss
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 221


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
s wage es n
Materials byV
olk ot g
ua
d ran
ir se tee
♦ 2-component adhesive
utho for -DA 004 600 A2- 13)
, or
glasses ss
a ac

ce
le
un

pt
♦ Mixer -D 002 001-

an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
♦ Activator -D 181 801 A1-

ility
ot p

wit
is n

♦ Primer -D 181 711 A1-

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

♦ Cleaning solution -D 009 401 04-

t to the co
♦ Primer applicator -D 009 500 25-

rrectne
♦ Adhesive remover -D 002 000 10-

s
♦ Cutting wire -357 853 999 A-

s o
cial p

f inform
mer

13) The materials are stored in the box D 004 700.

atio
m

14) Observe minimum drying time.


o

n
c

i
or

n
15) To prepare this material, it is necessary to use the Pneumatic Adhesive Ap‐

thi
te

plicator - VAS5237 - .

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

1 - Rear Spoiler
t.
yi Co
op py
❑ Removing and instal‐
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
ling, refer to p by
co Vo
⇒ “4.7.4 Rear Spoiler,
by lksw
cted agen
Prote
Golf from 2008”,
AG.

page 258
❑ Assembly instructions,
refer to ⇒ page 260
❑ Material - PU-R-RIM
2 - Primer Application Area on
the Spoiler
3 - Roof Spoiler Contour when
Mounted
4 - Primer Application Area on
Rear Lid
❑ Preparation, refer to
⇒ page 259

222 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

2.7 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and


Golf R32 Special Components
⇒ “2.7.1 Assembly Overview”, page 223
⇒ “2.7.2 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers”, page 223
⇒ “2.7.3 Front Valance Spoiler, Installing Additional Bolts”,
page 224
⇒ “2.7.4 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32”, page 226
⇒ “2.7.5 Sill Panel Extension, Jetta GLI Sport”, page 230
⇒ “4.8.5 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32”, page 273
⇒ “4.8.6 Body Components, Preparing for Adhesive”, page 274

2.7.1 Assembly Overview


Golf GTI
1- Front spoiler, refer to
⇒ “2.7.2 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers”, page 223
2- Sill panel extension, refer to
⇒ “4.8.3 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32”, page 265
3- Rear valance spoiler, refer to
⇒ “2.7.2 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers”, page 223
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
4- Rear spoiler, refer to ksw
age es n
⇒ “4.8.5 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32”, page 273y Vol ot g
ua
db e ran
ris tee
tho or
Golf R32 ss
au ac

ce
le

1- Front bumper, refer to


un

pt
an
⇒ “2.1.6 Bumper Cover, R32”, page 154
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
2- Extended sill panel, refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “4.8.3 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32”, page 265

wit
is n

h re
3- Rear bumper, refer to
ole,

spec
⇒ “1.2.9 Rear Bumper Cover Assembly Overview, R32”,
urposes, in part or in wh

page 147

t to the co
4- Roof edge spoiler, refer to
⇒ “4.8.5 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32”, page 273

rrectne
2.7.2 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers ss o
cial p

f in

Assembly Overview
form
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 223


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cov‐
er”, page 149
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Speed Nut
❑ Page
❑ Qty. 4
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta through
05.07”, page 157
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 15 Nm
6 - Rear Valance Spoiler
❑ Material PUR-RIM
❑ Clipped to cover and 4
screws
7 - Front Valance Spoiler
❑ Material PUR-RIM
❑ Clipped to cover and 4
screws AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

2.7.3 Front Valance Spoiler, Installing Addi‐


an
itte

y li
erm

tional Bolts
ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Caution h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

When installing front valance spoiler, additional bolts must be


t to the co

installed on both sides.


rrectness of i

Additional Bolts (Rear View)


l purpos

– Drill with 4 mm drill the front valance spoiler and wheel housing
liner. Hole must be approx. 10 mm away from both outer
nform
ercia

edges, dimension -a- = 10 mm


m

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

224 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Valance Spoiler


2 - Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Additional Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Front Wheel Housing Liner

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

– Install speed nut on front valance spoiler and then bolt front
y li
rm

ab

wheel housing liner and front valance spoiler, item -3-


pe

ility
ot

Additional Bolts (Front View)


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 225


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Wheel Housing Liner


2 - Additional Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Front Valance Spoiler

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

2.7.4 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32


nf
ercia

orm
m

Assembly Overview
atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

226 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Sill Panel Extension


❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ page 266
❑ Installation notes, refer
to
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
formation”, page 275
❑ Material PUR-RIM
olkswagen AG
en AG. V
2 - Lower Adhesive Surface on olkswag does
not
Sill Panel Extension ed
by
V gu
ara
ris nte
3 - Bolt autho eo
ra
ss c
❑ Qty. 4

ce
le
un

pt
❑ 2 Nm

an
d
itte

y li
4 - Upper Adhesive Surface on
erm

ab
ility
Sill Panel Extension
ot p

wit
is n

5 - Sill Panel

h re
ole,

spec
❑ Preparation, refer to
urposes, in part or in wh

⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐

t to the co
nents, Preparing for Ad‐
hesive”, page 274

rrectne
6 - Upper Primer Surface on
Sill Panel Extension

s
7 - Lower Primer Surfaces on

s o
cial p

Sill Panel

f inform
mer

8 - PUR Adhesive Sealant

atio
m

❑ Observe minimum cur‐


o

n
c

ing time. i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.
Sill Panel Extension, Removing

2. Description and Operation 227


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

WARNING

When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must


not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces.

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
when removing components.
– Cover sidemember with tape at top part of extended sill panel
in order to prevent damage to paint by cutting cord.
– Remove two bolts -1- in front wheelhousing.
– Cut through three lower adhesive surfaces of sill panel exten‐
sion using pulling handles and cutting cord.

228 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Also cut through upper adhesive bead using pulling handles


and cutting cord.
– Remove sill panel extension.
Sill Panel Extension, Installing

2. Description and Operation 229


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Primer/ Adhesive Surface


on Sill Panel Extension
2 - Upper Primer Surface on
Sill Panel Extension
❑ Dimension -a- = 12 mm
❑ Dimension -b- = 10 mm
❑ Edge of stone chip pro‐
tection can be used as
upper edge of primer
surface if dimensions
are correct.
3 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
Sill Panel Extension
❑ Three surfaces (areas)
are determined by posi‐
tioning lower sill panel
extension.
4 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
Sill Panel Extension
❑ 3 areas
5 - Upper Adhesive Bead
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 5 mm
♦ Height = 7 mm (including
residue on sill panel)
6 - Lower Adhesive Bead
❑ Apply adhesive in two
beads of 19 mm x 30
mm and to a height of 7
mm to one surface.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ 3 areas ksw
agen oes
not
Vol
by gu
d ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
2.7.5 Sill Panel Extension, Jetta GLI Sport
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Assembly Overview
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

230 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Sill panel extension


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ page 270
❑ Installation notes, refer
to
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
formation”, page 275
❑ Material PUR-RIM
2 - Lower Primer Surface on
Sill Panel Extension
3 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
❑ Qty. 4 olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
❑ 2 Nm orise nte
eo
h
ut ra
4 - Upper Adhesive Surface on ss a c
Sill Panel Extension

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
5 - Sill Panel
itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Preparation, refer to

ility
ot p

⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐

wit
, is n

nents, Preparing for Ad‐

h re
hesive”, page 274
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

6 - Upper Primer Surface on

t to the co
Sill Panel Extension
7 - Lower Primer Surfaces on

rrectness of i
Sill Panel Extension
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi
Sill Panel Extension, Removing
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

2. Description and Operation 231


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
or

WARNING
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op py
When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must
t. C rig
gh ht
yri
not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces. p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
when removing components.
– Cover sidemember with tape at top part of extended sill panel
in order to prevent damage to paint by cutting cord.
– Remove two bolts -1- in front wheelhousing.
– Cut through three lower adhesive surfaces of sill panel exten‐
sion using pulling handles and cutting cord.

232 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Also cut through upper adhesive bead using pulling handles


and cutting cord in direction of -arrows-. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
– Remove sill panel extension. ed byV gu
ara
ris nte
Sill Panel Extension, Installing aut
ho eo
ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
ercia

1 - Primer/ Adhesive Surface


m

on Sill Panel Extension

a
com

tion in
2 - Upper Primer Surface on
r
te o

thi
Sill Panel Extension

s
iva

do
r

❑ Dimension -a- = 5.5 mm


rp

cum
fo

en
❑ Dimension -b- = 6.4 mm
ng

t.
yi Co
op
❑ Edge of stone chip pro‐
C py
ht. rig
tection can be used as rig ht
py by
Vo
upper edge of primer
co lksw
by
cted agen
surface if dimensions Prote AG.
are correct.
3 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
Sill Panel
❑ Two surfaces (areas)
are determined by posi‐
tioning lower sill panel
extension.
4 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
Sill Panel Extension
❑ 2 areas
5 - Upper Adhesive Bead
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 2mm
♦ Height = 6.4mm (including
residue on sill panel)
6 - Lower Adhesive Bead
❑ Apply adhesive in two
beads of 17 mm x 72mm
(front) /40 mm (rear) and
to a height of 1.9 mm.
❑ 2 areas

2.7.6 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32


Assembly Overview

2. Description and Operation 233


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Roof Edge Spoiler agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Removing and instal‐ d byV gu
ara
ling, refer to orise nte
eo
⇒ page 273 aut
h
ra
ss c
❑ Installation notes, refer

ce
e
nl
to

pt
du

an
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐

itte

y li
erm
formation”, page 275

ab
ility
ot p
❑ Material PU-R-RIM

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Primer Surface on Spoiler
hole

spec
3 - Circumference of Installed
es, in part or in w

t to the co
Roof Edge Spoiler
4 - Primer Surface/Residue on
Rear Lid

rrectness of i
❑ Preparation, refer to
l purpos

⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐


nents, Preparing for Ad‐
hesive”, page 274

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Roof Edge Spoiler, Removing

WARNING

When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must


not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces.

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
when removing components.
– Cover all adjacent paint surfaces and gap between roof and
rear lid with tape.
– Spooling tool must be applied in depicted position and one
cord end must be secured.
– Insert cutting cord around spoiler so that cord passes along
outside in seam between spoiler and rear lid and secure sec‐
ond cord end to wiper axle.
– While cutting free, guide cutting cord into seam using a plastic
wedge.

234 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– In position illustrated, spoiler can be cut free to slightly past


vehicle center.
– Then, position spooling tool corresponding to illustration and
swap cord ends. Then cut free spoiler from other outer side
toward center.
– Remove spoiler.
Installing Roof Edge Spoiler

1 - Roof Edge Spoiler


AG. Volkswagen AG d
❑ Material PUR-RIM agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
❑ Installation
ise
d b notes, refer ara
nte
touthor eo
ss⇒a “4.8.7 Installation In‐ ra
c
formation”, page 275
ce
le
un

pt
an
d

2 - Route of Primer Surface on


itte

y li
Spoiler
rm

ab
pe

❑ Adhesive bead with a ility


ot

wit
, is n

width of 3 mm and a h re
height of 5 mm
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

3 - Circumference of Installed
t to the co

Roof Edge Spoiler


❑ Spoiler must be placed
on rear lid and circum‐
rrectness of i

ference covered in tape


l purpos

4 - Primer Surface/Reside on
Rear Lid
nform
ercia

❑ Preparation, refer to
⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐
m

a
com

nents, Preparing for Ad‐


ion in

hesive”, page 274


r
te o

thi

❑ Dimension -a- = 7 mm
s
iva

do
r
rp

❑ Dimension -b- = 10 mm
um
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

2.7.7 Body Components, Preparing for Adhe‐


sive

Note

Residual material acts as a base for new adhesive sealing mate‐


rial. Keep adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.

2. Description and Operation 235


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


back, remaining material must be activated using Activator - D
181 801 A1- .

WARNING

Activator must not come into contact with paint - otherwise


paint will be damaged.

Note

If bodywork is being worked on or is partially replaced, it must be


cleaned and primed again after painting corresponding area.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
yri by

236
cop Vo
by lksw
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment Prote
cted AG.
agen
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

3 Specifications
⇒ “3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 237

3.1 Rear Name Plate Dimensions, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Dimension -a- = 10 mm
❑ From outer edge of rear
lid up to name plate.
2 - Dimension -b-= 15 mm
❑ From lower edge of tail
light's gap to bottom
edge of name plate.
3 - Dimension -c-= 100 mm
❑ From outer edge of rear
lid up to name plate.
4 - Dimension --d-= 20 mm
❑ From lower edge of tail
light's gap to bottom
edge of name plate.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

3. Specifications 237
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4 Removal and Installation


⇒ “4.1 Wheel Housing Liner”, page 238
⇒ “4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 242
⇒ “4.3 Roof Molding”, page 244
⇒ “4.4 Roof Rail”, page 246
⇒ “4.5 Radiator Grille”, page 246
⇒ “4.6 Side Protective Moldings”, page 249
⇒ “4.7 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light”, page 254
⇒ “4.8 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and Golf R32 Special
Components”, page 262

4.1 Wheel Housing Liner


⇒ “4.1.1 Front Wheel Housing Liner”, page 238
⇒ “4.1.2 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 239
⇒ “4.1.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liner”, page 241
⇒ “4.1.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Jetta from 06.07”,
page 242

4.1.1 Front Wheel oHousing Linergen AG does no


AG. Volkswa
agen
lksw t gu
yV
db ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
c
ss
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

238 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Wheel Housing Liner


❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing
– Remove wheel. Tight‐
ening torque of wheel
bolts = 120 Nm.

– Remove bolts -3-


⇒ Item 3 (page 239)
(Qty. 12) and remove
wheelhousing liner.

2 - Expanding Nut
3 - Bolt AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
4 - Speed Nut d byV
o gu
ara
e nte
❑ Connected to bumper horis
eo
cover aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r

4.1.2 Front Wheel Housing Liner, Jetta from


fo

en
ng

t.
yi
06.07
Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Note
agen
Prote AG.

♦ The illustration shows the left side. The right side is derived
accordingly from this.
♦ It is not necessary to remove front wheels in order to remove
the front wheel housing.

4. Removal and Installation 239


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 8
2 - Wheel Housing Liner
❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing:
– Remove screws -3-
(Qty. 12)

– Remove screws -6-


(Qty. 3)

3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 12
❑ 1.5 Nm
4 - Wheel Housing Liner, Front
Piece
❑ Only driver side
❑ Removing:
– Remove expanding
clips -5-

– Remove screws -6-

5 - Expanding Clips
❑ Qty. 2
6 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 3
❑ 1.5 Nm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

240 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.1.3 Rear Wheel Housing Liner

1 - Wheel Housing Liner


❑ Material - PP/EPDM
❑ Removing
– Remove wheel. Tight‐
ening torque of wheel
bolts = 120 Nm.

– Remove bolts, item -3-


⇒ Item 3 (page 241)
(Qty. 7) and remove
wheel housing liner.

2 - Speed Nut
❑ Connected to bumper
cover
3 - Bolt
4 - Expanding Nut

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 241


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.1.4 Rear Wheel Housing Liner, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Expanding Nut
❑ Qty. 7
2 - Wheel Housing Liner
❑ Removing:
– Remove rear wheel

– Remove screws -3-


(Qty. 10)

– Remove wheel housing


liner

3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 10
❑ 1.5 Nm

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

4.2 Exterior Rearview Mirror


rrectness of i

⇒ “4.2.1 Mirror Housing”, page 242


l purpos

⇒ “4.2.2 Manual Exterior Rearview Mirror”, page 243

4.2.1 Mirror Housing


nform
mercia

– Fold rearview mirror toward front for easier installation.


com

tion in
r

– Set mirror lens -2- vertically (otherwise mirror housing may


te o

thi

remain hanging on mirror lens when tightening).


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum

– Insert screwdriver -5- through assembly hole of mirror carrier


fo

en
g

up to clamp -4-.
n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Press screwdriver -5- in direction of - arrow- (clamp -4- relea‐
t. rig
gh ht
yri
ses mirror housing by doing this).
p by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

242 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove mirror housing -1- upward from mirror carrier -3-.

4.2.2 Manual Exterior Rearview Mirror

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Removing front door trim, refer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr.
70 ; Removal and Installation .
– Remove mirror adjuster from inside of door trim -arrows-.
– Remove bolt -1- and unclip cover -2-.
– Remove insulating foam from mirror triangle.

4. Removal and Installation 243


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Remove bolt -3- and remove rearview mirror -4- from front
door.

4.3 Roof Molding


⇒ “4.3.1 Roof Molding”, page 244
⇒ “4.3.2 Roof Molding, Jetta from 06.07”, page 245

4.3.1 Roof Molding

1 - Roof Molding
❑ Do not bend roof mold‐
ing
❑ Installing:
– Align roof molding at B-
pillar (two-door) or C-pil‐
lar (four-door) and con‐
tinue installing toward
front.

2 - Cover Strip
❑ Installing:
– Insert cover strip into
pocket of roof molding
up to stop, then press in‐ agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
to roof channel. olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
r
A lubricant may be used for in‐ ut
ho eo
ra
stallation. ss a c
ce
le
un

3 - Hollow Rivet pt
an
d
itte

y li
4 - Angle Strip
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

244 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.3.2 Roof Molding, Jetta from 06.07

1 - Roof Molding
❑ Do not bend roof mold‐
ing
❑ Installing:
– Align roof molding at B-
pillar (two-door) or C-pil‐
lar (four-door) and con‐
tinue installing toward
front.

2 - Cover Strip
❑ Installing: n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
– Insert cover strip into ir se
d b ran
pocket of roof molding utho tee
or
up to stop, then press in‐ ss
a ac
to roof channel.

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

A lubricant may be used for in‐

y li
erm

ab
stallation.

ility
ot p

wit
3 - Hollow Rivet
is n

h re
ole,

4 - Angle Strip

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 245


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.4 Roof Rail


⇒ “4.4.1 Angle Bracket”, page 246

4.4.1 Angle Bracket


– Guide angle bracket -1- into roof hole and press into roof hole
until securing cap -2- engages. All catches must engage.

Note

Securing cap must not be turned on angle bracket before it locks


in.

– Press angle bracket -1- on inner side panel, secure with bolts
-3- (20 Nm).

Note

At center angle bracket, bolt points are situated next to one an‐
other.

– Unscrew securing cap -2- from outside, use a tool if necessary.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

4.5 Radiator Grille

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “4.5.1 Radiator Grille”, page 246
⇒ “4.5.2 Radiator Grille, Jetta from 06.07”, page 248

rrectness of i
⇒ “4.5.3 Brand Emblem, Jetta from 06.07”, page 248
l purpos

4.5.1 Radiator Grille


nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

246 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
Volksw not
gu
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
y
rise
d b ara
nte Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Removing
– Disconnect release lever from hood lock, refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153 .
– Release retaining clips using a screwdriver.
– Remove cross pins from lock carrier and remove radiator grille
upward.
Installing
– Align radiator grille according to center locating point, insert
lower pins into bumper cover and clip in upper area.

4. Removal and Installation 247


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.5.2 Radiator Grille, Jetta from 06.07


Removing
– Remove bolts -1-
– Spread release lever from lid lock, refer to
⇒ “2.1.5 Release Lever”, page 153
– Unhook catches -arrows- from the front bumper cover
– Remove radiator grille -2- upward out of bumper cover.
Installing
– Installation is performed in the reverse order of removal.

4.5.3 Brand Emblem, Jetta from 06.07


Removing
– Remove radiator grille, refer to
⇒ “4.5 Radiator Grille”, page 246
– Disengage retaining hooks -arrows- on rear side of VW em‐
blem -2- with radiator grille -1- removed.
– Twist VW emblem -2- slightly in -direction of arrow- and pull
n AG. Volkswagen AG do
VW emblem forward out of radiator grille -1-. olks
wage es n
o
yV t gu
Installing db ara
rise nte
tho eo
s au ra
c
s ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

248 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Guide VW emblem -2- with retaining hooks into cutouts in ra‐


diator grille -1-.
– Twist VW emblem -2- slightly in -direction of arrow- until VW
emblem -2- engages with radiator grille -1-.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
4.6 Side Protective Moldings

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
⇒ “4.6.1 Protective Side Moldings”, page 249
hole

spec
⇒ “4.6.2 Lower Door Trims, Golf from 2008”, page 251
es, in part or in w

t to the co
⇒ “4.6.3 Sill Plate, Golf from 2008”, page 252
⇒ “4.6.4 External Lower Longitudinal Member Covering, Golf from

rrectness of i
2008”, page 253
l purpos

4.6.1 Protective Side Moldings


– Heat side protective molding using hot air gun before remov‐
nf
ercia

ing.
rm
m

atio
m

– Clean outer panel with mineral spirits, treat with silicone re‐
o

n in
c

mover and rub dry.


or

thi
te

sd
a

– Remove protective foil, attach side protective molding and


iv

o
r
rp

cu

press on forcefully. Processing temperature approx. 68° F (20°


o

m
f

en
ng

C). yi
t.
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 249


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Door Protective Mold‐


ing
❑ Left and right protective
molding have a different
hole pattern
❑ Self adhering
❑ Material PP/EPDM
❑ Centering pins, item 3
⇒ Item 3 (page 250)
and item 4
⇒ Item 4 (page 250)
specify location of pro‐
tective moldings.
2 - Pins
❑ Stop twisting of molding
3 - Centering Pins
4 - Centering Pins
5 - Pins
❑ Stop twisting of molding
6 - Rear Door Protective Mold‐gen AG. Volkswagen AG d
ing wa oes
olks not
byV gu
ara
❑ Left and right ris protective
ed
nte
molding haveut
ho a different eo
ra
hole pattern
ss a c
ce
le

❑ Self adhering
un

pt
an
d
itte

❑ Material PP/EPDM
y li
erm

ab

❑ Centering pins item 3


ility
ot p

⇒ Item 3 (page 250) and


wit
is n

item 4
h re
ole,

⇒ Item 4 (page 250)


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

specify location of pro‐


tective moldings.
t to the co

7 - Protective Foil
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

250 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V
d by gu
ara Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ise nte
thor eo Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
au ra
ss c
4.6.2 Lower Door Trims, Golf from 2008

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
1 - Gluing Area of the Rear

ility
ot p

Door Lower Trim

wit
, is n

h re
❑ Clean the adhesive area
hole

spec
with the Cleaning Solu‐
es, in part or in w

tion - D 009 401 04- ;

t to the co
then, apply the Silicone
Remover - LSE 020 100
A3- . Dry the region with

rrectness of i
a dry cloth.
l purpos

2 - Gluing Area of the Front


Door Lower Trim

nf
ercia

❑ Clean the adhesive area

or
with the Cleaning Solu‐

m
m

atio
tion - D 009 401 04- ;
om

then, apply the Silicone

n in
or c

Remover - LSE 020 100

thi
te

sd
a

A3- . Dry the region with


iv

o
r
rp

cu
a dry cloth.
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
3 - Rear Door Lower Trim
yi Co
Cop py
❑ Self-Adhesive
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
❑ Before removing, you
co Vo
by lksw
cted
must heat the trim with
agen
Prote AG.
the Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
❑ Remove the adhesive
tape liner, position the
trim and press with the
Roller - 3356- . Operat‐
ing temperature of ap‐
prox. 24 Nm.
4 - Front Door Lower Trim
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ Before removing, you
must heat the trim with
the Hot Air Blower -
VAG1416- .
❑ Remove the adhesive tape liner, position the trim and press with the Roller - 3356- . Operating temper‐
ature of approx. 24 Nm.
5 - Double-Sided Adhesive Tape
❑ The adhesive tape pasting area must be completely free from dirt

4. Removal and Installation 251


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.6.3 Sill Plate, Golf from 2008

1 - Covering Adhesive Area


❑ Clean the adhesive area
with the Cleaning Solu‐
tion - D 009 401 04- ;
then, apply the Silicone
Remover - LSE 020 100
A3- . Dry the region with
a dry cloth.
2 - Positioning Marks on the
External Longitudinal Member AG. Volkswagen AG d
Covering lksw
agen oes
not
Vo gu
y
3 - Sill Plate rise
d b ara
nte
o eo
❑ Self-adhesive auth
ra
ss c
❑ Before removing, you

ce
le
un

must heat the covering

pt
an
d

with the Hot Air Blower -


itte

y li
erm

VAG1416- .

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Remove the adhesive

wit
is n

tape liner, position the

h re
ole,

lining and press with the

spec
Roller - 3356- . Operat‐
urposes, in part or in wh

ing temperature of ap‐

t to the co
prox. 24 Nm.

rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

252 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.6.4 External Lower Longitudinal Member Covering, Golf from 2008

1 - Covering Gluing Area (Rear


Door)
❑ Clean the adhesive area
with the Cleaning Solu‐
tion - D 009 401 04- ; n AG. Volkswagen AG do
swage es n
then, apply the Silicone byV
olk ot g
ua
Remover - LSE 020 100 rised ran
tee
A3- . Dry the region with utho
or
a dry cloth. ss
a ac

ce
e
nl

2 - Positioning Marks on the

pt
du

an
External Lower Longitudinal
itte

y li
erm

Member Covering (Rear Door)

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Align with existing re‐

wit
, is n

cesses on the fitting

h re
flange of door's internal
hole

spec
packing
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - External Lower Longitudinal
Member Covering (Rear Door)
❑ Self-adhesive

rrectness of i
❑ The internal packing
l purpos

must be removed from


door.

nform
ercia

❑ Before removing, you


must heat the covering
m

at
with the Hot Air Blower -
om

ion
VAG1416- .
c

in t
or

his
e

❑ Remove the adhesive


at

do
riv

tape liner, position the


p

cum
or

lining and press with the


f

en
ng

Roller - 3356- . Operat‐


t.
yi Co
op
ing temperature of ap‐
C py
t. rig
gh
prox. 24 Nm.
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
4 - Positioning Marks on the
cted agen
Prote AG.
External Lower Longitudinal
Member Covering (Front Door)
❑ Align with existing re‐
cesses on the fitting flange of door's internal packing
5 - External Lower Longitudinal Member Covering (Front Door)
❑ Self-adhesive
❑ The internal packing must be removed from door.
❑ Before removing, you must heat the covering with the Hot Air Blower - VAG1416- .
❑ Remove the adhesive tape liner, position the lining and press with the Roller - 3356- . Operating tem‐
perature of approx. 24 Nm.
6 - Covering Gluing Area (Front Door)
❑ Clean the adhesive area with the Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04- ; then, apply the Silicone Remover
- LSE 020 100 A3- . Dry the region with a dry cloth.

4. Removal and Installation 253


AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 oris➤
e nte
h eo
Body Exterior - Editionaut 08.2003 ra
c
ss

ce
e
nl
4.7 Rear Spoiler with Integrated Brake Light

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
⇒ “4.7.1 Brakelight”, page 254

ility
ot p
⇒ “4.7.2 Rear Spoiler with Rear Lid Change”, page 255

wit
, is n

h re
hole

⇒ “4.7.3 Rear Spoiler without Rear Lid Change”, page 257

spec
es, in part or in w

⇒ “4.7.4 Rear Spoiler, Golf from 2008”, page 258

t to the co
⇒ “4.7.5 Version Inscription, Golf from 2008”, page 260
⇒ “4.7.6 Model Inscription, City Golf from 2008”, page 261

rrectness of i
⇒ “4.7.7 Model Inscription, Golf from 2008”, page 261
l purpos

4.7.1 Brakelight

nform
ercia

Removing
m

at
om

io
– Removal of stoplight once spoiler has been installed to vehicle

n
c

in t
r

is impossible, in that case, whole spoiler kit has to be replaced


o

his
ate

do
riv

– If spoiler has not yet been installed remove in reverse order of


p

cum
or

installing
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Installing t. Cop py
rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c
WARNING
lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

♦ Primer dries very fast and permanently stains painted sur‐


faces.
♦ If any visible part of the vehicle gets stained with primer,
clean it thoroughly before primer dries.

– Slide stoplight wiring harness through hole in stoplight support


-1-
– Route wiring harness through drill hole in spoilerand pull wiring
harness from support base -2-.

Note

Make sure that stoplight is pulled tight to support, and if needed


adjust slack in wiring harness.

– Attach stoplight to spoiler by screwing stoplight -1- into spoiler


support base.

254 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Insert wiring harness into grommet -1-.


– Pull grommet toward spoiler support base -arrow-.

4.7.2 Rear Spoiler with Rear Lid Change


Rear Lid Preparation
– Cut installation template as indicated and paste it to vehicle
rear lid following illustrated dimensions.

Note AG. Volkswagen AG d


agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
d
Jetta 2004 Rear Spoiler Installation
oris Template can be found and
e nte
eo
printed in: ServiceNet; Additional
aut
h
Information; Other Topics, Jetta ra
2004 Rear Spoiler Installation
ss Template c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
– With a soft pencil or crayon, draw outline of gray shapes -a-
itte

y li
erm

directly on vehicle surface

ab
ility
ot p

– Drill holes to rear lid as indicated on Installing Template

wit
, is n

h re
– Remove Installing Template
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Apply scotch tape to outer borders of outlined surfaces to


t to the co
mask them before primer application
– Clean thoroughly with alcoholic cleaner and then apply primer
rrectness of i

to outlined surfaces (three surfaces) on top of rear lid -a- and


allow to dry
l purpos

Removing
nform
ercia

– Pull cutting wire sideways underneath spoiler as well as into


m

two pulling handles from Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-


at
om

ion
c

in t
or

– Cut spoiler free following direction of -arrows-, until cutter rea‐


his
ate

ches screws on external drilled holes


do
priv

cum
or

– On center of spoiler base, cut without restraints


f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
– Remove attaching screws
C py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
Installing co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 255


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Apply primer to base of spoiler (three surfaces) -1- and allow


to dry
– Apply adhesive material to the base of spoiler (three surfaces)
-1- using VAS5237

Note

Spoiler has to be attached to rear lid of vehicle within 5 minutes


after adhesive has been applied, otherwise adhesive will loose
effectiveness

– Attach spoiler to rear lid of vehicle making sure that the drilled
holes match with the attaching holes on spoiler

– Route stoplight wiring harness through the center hole drilled


pulling it firmly to make grommet fit

WARNING n AG. Volkswagen AG do


lkswage es n
o ot g
yV ua
♦ Make sure that the stoplight'sriscable
ed
b
passes through the ran
central hole drilled o tee
th or
au ac
s
♦ Make sure that the grommet attached to the stoplight's
s

ce
e

cable fits in central hole


nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
♦ Avoid squeezing stoplight's cable with spoiler's central
erm

ab
base

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Fasten spoiler using a screw on each of outer holes drilled.

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Tightening torque (1.5 Nm)
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi
– Pass cable through center rectangular hole inside rear lid -1-
Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh
– Apply electrical terminals and connectors following Wiring
ht
pyri by
Vo
o
Harness Repair Kit - VAS1978- instructions
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
– Insert wiring into hose -2-
– Attach cable into clip -3-
– Connect terminal into harness connector and attach into con‐
nector holder -4-

Note

To complete rear lid installation observe following information re‐


fer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation

256 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.7.3 Rear Spoiler without Rear Lid Change


Removing
– Pull cutting wire sideways underneath spoiler as well as into
two pulling handles from Bonded Window Tool Kit - VAG1351-
Volkswa
– Cut spoiler free following direction
wage of -arrows-, until
n AG. gen AG
docutter
es n rea‐
ches screws on external Volks
drilled holes ot g
by ua d ran
se
– On center of spoiler
tho base, cut without restraints
ri tee
or
au ac
– Remove attaching
ss screws

ce
e
nl

pt
du

Installing

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

Note

wit
, is n

h re
hole

♦ When reusing an undamaged rear lid, avoid removing all ad‐

spec
hesive residual material on lid
es, in part or in w

t to the co
♦ Residual material acts as an adhesive base for newly applied
adhesive sealant

rrectness of i
– Install stoplight into spoiler, refer to
l purpos

⇒ “4.7.1 Brakelight”, page 254


– Install spoiler.

nform
ercia

Installing
m

at
om

ion
c

in t
– Apply primer to base of spoiler (three surfaces) -1- and allow
or

his
e

to dry
at

do
priv

cum

– Apply adhesive material to the base of spoiler (three surfaces)


for

en
g

-1- using VAS5237


n

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Note
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Spoiler has to be attached to rear lid of vehicle within 5 minutes


after adhesive has been applied, otherwise adhesive will loose
effectiveness

– Attach spoiler to rear lid of vehicle making sure that the drilled
holes match with the attaching holes on spoiler

– Route stoplight wiring harness through the center hole drilled


pulling it firmly to make grommet fit

WARNING

♦ Make sure that the stoplight's cable passes through the


central hole drilled
♦ Make sure that the grommet attached to the stoplight's
cable fits in central hole
♦ Avoid squeezing stoplight's cable with spoiler's central
base

– Fasten spoiler using a screw on each of outer holes drilled.

4. Removal and Installation 257


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

♦ Tightening torque (1.5 Nm)

– Pass cable through center rectangular hole inside rear lid -1-
– Apply electrical terminals and connectors following Wiring
Harness Repair Kit - VAS1978- instructions
– Insert wiring into hose -2-
– Attach cable into clip -3-
– Connect terminal into harness connector and attach into con‐
nector holder -4-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
o lksw not
y V gu
Note ise
d b ara
nte
or eo
th
u ra
To complete rear lid installation observe following sinformation
sa re‐ c
fer to ⇒ Body Interior; Rep. Gr. 70 ; Removal and Installation

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
4.7.4 Rear Spoiler, Golf from 2008

ility
ot p

wit
, is n

Removing

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

WARNING

t to the co
When removing the spoiler, do not use cutting (metallic) wire
to prevent risk of damages on painting surfaces.

rrectness of i
l purpos

– Remove the rear window wiper arm, refer to ⇒ Electrical


Equipment; Rep. Gr. 92 ; Removal and Installation
nform
ercia

– Clean all the components to prevent damages on painting


m

at
om

upon removal.
ion
c

in t
or

– Protect painted regions on roof and rear lid with adhesive tape.
his
ate

do
riv

– The Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- must be placed in the


p

cum
or

illustrated position and must be fastened on one of the cutting


f

en
ng

t.
wire ends.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
– Pass the cutting wire around the spoiler in order that the wire
gh ht
pyri by
remains in the clearance between the spoiler and rear lid.
co Vo
by lksw
cted
Fasten the other wire end to the rear window wiper/washer
agen
Prote AG.
shaft.
– During the cut, press the cutting wire with a plastic wedge into
the clearance.

258 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– When the cutting wire is placed in the center of the glass,


change the Window Reel Device - VAG1654A- position as il‐
lustrated; the cutting wire end that was fastened on the rear
window wiper shaft is fastened on the ratchet, and vice-versa.
– Remove the spoiler.
Installing

1 - Roof Spoiler
❑ Material - PU-R-RIM
❑ Assembly instructions,
refer to ⇒ page 260
2 - Primer Application Area on
the Spoiler
❑ Adhesive cord with 3
mm of height and 5 mm
of width. agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
3 - Roof Spoiler Contour when ed by
V gu
ara
Mounted horis nte
eo
ut ra
❑ Place the spoiler on rear ss a c
lid and protect contour

ce
e
nl

pt
with adhesive tape.
du

an
itte

y li
4 - Primer Application Area on
erm

ab
ility
Rear Lid
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Prepare, refer to

h re
⇒ page 259
hole

spec
❑ Elevation- a- = 7 mm
es, in part or in w

t to the co
❑ Elevation -b- = 10 mm

rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Preparing to install unto body
Prote AG.

Note

The remaining adhesive layer on surface is used as a base for


the new adhesive cord to be applied. Keep the gluing surfaces
free of dirty and fats.

4. Removal and Installation 259


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Exception: When the gluing is not made immediately after cutting


the adhesive remains, apply Activator - D 181 801 A1- .

WARNING

The activator must not contact the painting, since it may dam‐
age it.

Note

When the rear lid has been repainted, apply Primer - D 181 711
A1- .

Assembly instructions
The assembly component surfaces to be primed must be clean
and free from any impurities.
– Adhesive residues are removed with Adhesive Remover - D
002 000 10- .
– Moisten a cloth with the Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- .
– Clean thoroughly the adhesive cord application area twice with
moistened cloth and let dry.
– Apply primer evenly with Applicator - D 009 500 25- once.
♦ Drying time, approx. 10 minutes
– Apply adhesive on the component surfaces that have received
primer.

WARNING

The spoiler must be installed within 10 minutes; otherwise, the


adhesive adherence will be impaired swa
gen AG
. Volkswagen AG
does
olk not
yV gu
edb ara
ris nte
♦ During the drying time, tho spoiler with
fastenauthe adhesive tape. eo
ra
ss c
4.7.5 Version Inscription, Golf from 2008
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

Remove
y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

Note
h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

Before the removal, you must heat the inscription with the Hot Air
t to the co

Blower - VAG1416- .

– Detach the inscription with a plastic spatula.


rrectne

– Clean the rear lid with the Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
and apply the Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- . Scrub the
ss

surface with a cloth until it is completely dry.


o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw

260
cted agen
Prote
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment
AG.
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Install
– Remove the double-sided adhesive tape liner and glue the in‐
scription as shown. Use the Roller - 3356-
-a- = 20mm
-b- = 55 mm

4.7.6 Model Inscription, City Golf from 2008


Remove

Note

Before the removal, you must heat the inscription with the Hot Air
Blower - VAG1416- .

– Detach the inscription with a plastic spatula.


– Clean the rear lid with the Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
and apply the Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- . Scrub the
surface with a cloth until it is completely dry.
Install
– Remove the double-sided adhesive tape liner and glue the in‐
scription as shown. Use the Roller - 3356-
-a - = 7 mm
AG. Volkswagen AG d
-b - = 20 mm agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
-c- = 55 mm orise nte
h eo
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
rm

ab
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

4.7.7 Model Inscription, Golf from 2008


spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co

Remove
rrectness of i

Note
l purpos

Before the removal, you must heat the inscription with the Hot Air
Blower - VAG1416- .
nform
ercia

– Detach the inscription with a plastic spatula.


m

a
com

tion in

– Clean the rear lid with the Cleaning Solution - D 009 401 04-
r
te o

and apply the Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- . Scrub the
thi
s
iva

surface with a cloth until it is completely dry.


do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted
261
agen
Prote AG.
4. Removal and Installation
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Install
– Remove the double-sided adhesive tape liner and glue the in‐
scription as shown. Use the Roller - 3356-
-a- = 20 mm
-b - = 55 mm

4.8 Golf GTI 337 Edition/Jetta GLI Sport and


Golf R32 Special Components
⇒ “4.8.1 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers”, page 262
⇒ “4.8.2 Front Valance Spoiler, Installing Additional Bolts”,
page 263
⇒ “4.8.3 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32”, page 265
⇒ “4.8.4 Sill Panel Extension, Jetta GLI Sport”, page 270
⇒ “4.8.5 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32”, page 273
⇒ “2.7.7 Body Components, Preparing for Adhesive”, page 235
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation Information”, page 275
⇒ “4.8.8 Removing Adhesive Sealant”, page 275 n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
yV
4.8.1 Front and Rear Valance Spoilers d b ua
ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

262 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Bumper Cover


❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.1.1 Bumper Cov‐
er”, page 149
2 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Speed Nut
❑ Page
❑ Qty. 4
4 - Rear Bumper Cover
❑ Removing and instal‐
ling, refer to
⇒ “2.2.2 Rear Bumper
Cover, Jetta through
05.07”, page 157
5 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 2
❑ 15 Nm AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
ksw
6 - Rear Valance Spoiler byV
ol not
gu
ara
ed
❑ Material PUR-RIM horis nte
eo
ut
❑ Clipped to cover and 4 ss a ra
c
screws

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

7 - Front Valance Spoiler


itte

y li
erm

ab
❑ Material PUR-RIM

ility
ot p

❑ Clipped to cover and 4

wit
is n

screws

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectne
4.8.2 Front Valance Spoiler, Installing Addi‐
tional Bolts

ss o
cial p

Caution f inform
mer

atio
om

When installing front valance spoiler, additional bolts must be


c

i
or

installed on both sides.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

Additional Bolts (Rear View)


t.
yi Co
Cop py
– Drill with 4 mm drill the front valance spoiler and wheel housing ht. rig
rig ht
liner. Hole must be approx. 10 mm away from both outer py by
co Vo
lksw
edges, dimension -a- = 10 mm
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 263


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Front Valance Spoiler


2 - Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
3 - Additional Bolts
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Front Wheel Housing liner

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
– Install speed nut on front valance spoiler and then bolt front
l purpos

wheel housing liner and front valance spoiler, item -3-


Additional Bolts (Front View)

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

264 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
o
auth or
ac Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
ss Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
1 - Front Wheel Housing Liner

itte

y li
rm

ab
2 - Additional Bolts pe

ility
ot

wit
❑ 2 Nm
, is n

h re
hole

3 - Bolts

spec
es, in part or in w

❑ 2 Nm

t to the co
4 - Front Valance Spoiler

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4.8.3 Sill Panel Extension, GTI and R32


Assembly Overview

4. Removal and Installation 265


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Sill Panel Extension


❑ Removing, refer to
⇒ page 266
❑ Installation notes, refer
to
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
formation”, page 275
❑ Material PUR-RIM
2 - Lower Adhesive Surface on
Sill Panel Extension
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 2 Nm
4 - Upper Adhesive Surface on AG. Volkswagen AG d
Sill Panel Extension agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
5 - Sill Panel rised
nte
ho eo
❑ Preparation, refer to s aut ra
c
⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐ s

ce
le

nents, Preparing for Ad‐


un

pt
an
d

hesive”, page 274


itte

y li
rm

ab
6 - Upper Primer Surface on
pe

ility
Sill Panel Extension
ot

wit
, is n

h re
7 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
hole

spec
Sill Panel
es, in part or in w

t to the co
8 - PUR Adhesive Sealant
❑ Observe minimum cur‐
ing time.

rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi

Sill Panel Extension, Removing


s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

266 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
d b ara
rise nte
tho eo
au ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

WARNING
ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must


h re
ole,

not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces.


spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
when removing components.
rrectne

– Cover sidemember with tape at top part of extended sill panel


in order to prevent damage to paint by cutting cord.
ss

– Remove two bolts -1- in front wheelhousing.


o
cial p

f inform

– Cut through three lower adhesive surfaces of sill panel exten‐


mer

sion using pulling handles and cutting cord.


atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

4. Removal and Installation 267


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

n AG. Volkswagen AG do
lkswage es n
o ot g
byV ua
d ran
ir se tee
tho
u or
a ac
ss
– Also cut through upper adhesive bead using pulling handles
ce
e
nl

pt

and cutting cord.


du

an
itte

y li

– Remove sill panel extension.


erm

ab
ility
ot p

Sill Panel Extension, Installing


wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

268 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

1 - Primer/ Adhesive Surface AG. Volkswagen AG d


on Sill Panel Extension agen oes
olksw not
y V gu
b ara
2 - Upper Primer Surface on rise
d
nte
Sill Panel Extension utho eo
ra
a c
❑ Dimension -a- = 12 mm ss

ce
e
nl
❑ Dimension -b- = 10 mm

pt
du

an
itte

y li
❑ Edge of stone chip pro‐
erm

ab
tection can be used as

ility
ot p
upper edge of primer

wit
, is n

surface if dimensions

h re
hole

are correct.

spec
es, in part or in w

3 - Lower Primer Surfaces on

t to the co
Sill Panel Extension
❑ Three surfaces (areas)
are determined by posi‐

rrectness of i
tioning lower sill panel
l purpos

extension.
4 - Lower Primer Surfaces on

nform
ercia

Sill Panel Extension


m

❑ 3 areas

at
om

ion
c

5 - Upper Adhesive Bead

in t
or

his
e

❑ Bead cross section:


at

do
priv

cum
♦ Width = 5 mm
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
♦ Height = 7 mm (including Cop py
residue on sill panel)
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
6 - Lower Adhesive Bead
c by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
❑ Apply adhesive in two
beads of 19 mm x 30
mm and to a height of 7
mm to one surface.
❑ 3 areas

4. Removal and Installation 269


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

4.8.4 Sill Panel Extension, Jetta GLI Sport

1 - Sill Panel Extension agen


AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
olksw not
❑ Removing and instal‐ d by V gu
ara
ling, refer to orise nte
eo
⇒ page 270 auth
ra
ss c
❑ Installation notes, refer

ce
e
nl

to

pt
du

an
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
itte

y li
erm

formation”, page 275

ab
ility
ot p

❑ Material PUR-RIM

wit
, is n

h re
2 - Lower Primer Surface on
hole

spec
Sill Panel Extension
es, in part or in w

t to the co
3 - Bolt
❑ Qty. 4
❑ 2 Nm

rrectness of i
4 - Upper Adhesive Surface on
l purpos

Sill Panel Extension


5 - Sill Panel

nform
ercia

❑ Preparation, refer to
m

at
om

⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐

ion
c

nents, Preparing for Ad‐

in t
or

hesive”, page 274

his
ate

do
priv

c
6 - Upper Primer Surface on
um
for

Sill Panel Extension


en
ng

t.
yi Co
op
7 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
C py
t. rig
gh
Sill Panel Extension
ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Sill Panel Extension, Removing

270 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
byV gu
ara
ed
ris nte
ho eo
aut ra
ss c
WARNING
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must


y li
rm

ab

not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces.


pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

h re
hole

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
spec

when removing components.


es, in part or in w

t to the co

– Cover sidemember with tape at top part of extended sill panel


in order to prevent damage to paint by cutting cord.
rrectness of i

– Remove two bolts -1- in front wheelhousing.


l purpos

– Cut through three lower adhesive surfaces of sill panel exten‐


sion using pulling handles and cutting cord.
nform
mercia

a
com

tion in
r
te o

thi
s
iva

do
r
rp

cum
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw

271
cted agen
Prote AG.
4. Removal and Installation
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– Also cut through upper adhesive bead using pulling handles


and cutting cord in direction of -arrows-.
– Remove sill panel extension.
Sill Panel Extension, Installing

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
1 - Primer/ Adhesive Surface
ole,

spec
on Sill Panel Extension
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
2 - Upper Primer Surface on
Sill Panel Extension
❑ Dimension -a- = 5.5 mm

rrectne
❑ Dimension -b- = 6.4 mm
❑ Edge of stone chip pro‐

ss o
tection can be used as
cial p

f i
upper edge of primer

nform
surface if dimensions
mer

atio
are correct.
om

n
c

i
3 - Lower Primer Surfaces on
or

n thi
e

Sill Panel
t

sd
iva

o
pr

❑ Two surfaces (areas)

cum
r
fo

are determined by posi‐

en
ng

t.
yi
tioning lower sill panel
Co
Cop py
extension.
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
4 - Lower Primer Surfaces on by c lksw
cted agen
Sill Panel Extension Prote AG.

❑ 2 areas
5 - Upper Adhesive Bead
❑ Bead cross section:
♦ Width = 2 mm
♦ Height = 6.4 mm (including
residue on sill panel)
6 - Lower Adhesive Bead
❑ Apply adhesive in two
beads of 17 mm x 72
mm (front) /40 mm (rear)
and to a height of 1.9
mm.
❑ 2 areas

272 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
agen
AG. Volkswagen AG d
oes
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003
olksw not
V g
by ua
4.8.5 Roof Edge Spoiler, GTI and R32 horis
ed ran
tee
ut or
a ac
ss

ce
e
1 - Roof Edge Spoiler
nl

pt
du

an
❑ Removing and instal‐
itte

y li
erm

ling, refer to

ab
ility
⇒ page 273
ot p

wit
, is n

❑ Installation notes, refer

h re
to
hole

spec
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
es, in part or in w

formation”, page 275

t to the co
❑ Material PU-R-RIM
2 - Primer Surface on Spoiler

rrectness of i
3 - Circumference of Installed
l purpos

Roof Edge Spoiler


4 - Primer Surface/Residue on

nform
ercia

Rear Lid
m

at
❑ Preparation, refer to
om

ion
⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐
c

in t
or

nents, Preparing for Ad‐

his
ate

hesive”, page 274

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Roof Edge Spoiler, Removing

WARNING

When disassembling special components, a cutting cable must


not be used because of danger of damaging painted surfaces.

– Clean dirt from all seams so that no damage to paint will occur
when removing components.
– Cover all adjacent paint surfaces and gap between roof and
rear lid with tape.
– Spooling tool must be applied in depicted position and one
cord end must be secured.
– Insert cutting cord around spoiler so that cord passes along
outside in seam between spoiler and rear lid and secure sec‐
ond cord end to wiper axle.
– While cutting free, guide cutting cord into seam using a plastic
wedge.

4. Removal and Installation 273


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

– In position illustrated, spoiler can be cut free to slightly past


vehicle center.
– Then, position spooling tool corresponding to illustration and
swap cord ends. Then cut free spoiler from other outer side
toward center.
– Remove spoiler.
Installing Roof Edge Spoiler

1 - Roof Edge Spoiler


❑ Material PUR-RIM
❑ Installation notes, refer
to
⇒ “4.8.7 Installation In‐
formation”, page 275
2 - Route of Primer Surface on
Spoiler
❑ Adhesive bead with a
width of 3 mm and a
height of 5 mm
3 - Circumference of Installed
Roof Edge Spoiler
❑ Spoiler must be placed
on rear lid and circum‐
ference covered in tape
4 - Primer Surface/Reside on
Rear Lid
❑ Preparation, refer to
AG. Volkswagen AG d
⇒ “4.8.6 Body Compo‐ ksw
agen oes
not
nents, Preparing for Ad‐ by Vol
gu
ara
hesive”, page 274 rise
d
nte
ho eo
❑ Dimension -a- = 7 mm s aut ra
c
s
❑ Dimension -b- = 10 mm
ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

4.8.6 Body Components, Preparing for Adhe‐


nf
ercia

sive
orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

Note
thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu

Residual material acts as a base for new adhesive sealing mate‐


o

m
f

en
ng

rial. Keep adhesive surface free of dirt and grease.


t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
274
cted agen
Prote AG.
Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment
Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

Exception: If bonding is not performed immediately after cutting


back, remaining material must be activated using Activator - D
181 801 A1- .

WARNING

Activator must not come into contact with paint - otherwise


paint will be damaged.

Note
. Volkswagen AG
gen AG does
swa
If bodywork is being worked y V on or is partially replaced, itomust
olk n t
gu be
cleaned and primedriagain
sed b after painting corresponding area. ara
nte
ho eo
aut ra
4.8.7 Installation Information
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
Surfaces of components to be primed must be free of dirt.
itte

y li
erm

ab
– Remove adhesive residue using Adhesive Removal Solution

ility
ot p

- D 002 000 10- .

wit
, is n

h re
– Saturate a cloth with Silicone Remover - LSE 020 100 A3- .
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

– Always wipe application area for adhesive bead twice using

t to the co
saturated cloth and allow to air dry.
– Now apply primer uniformly in one stroke using Applicator - D
009 500 25- .

rrectness of i
♦ Air dry time approx. 10 minutes
l purpos

– Adhesive material must be applied to primed surfaces of com‐


ponent.
nform
mercia

at
om

WARNING
on
c

in t
or

his
te

Components must be installed within 10 minutes, otherwise


a

do
riv

bonding properties of adhesive will be impaired.


p

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
♦ Keep gap dimensions as narrow as possible, up to approx. 1
t. rig
gh ht
yri
mm.
p by
o Vo
by c lksw
cted agen
♦ Secure components using adhesive tape during curing time.
Prote AG.

4.8.8 Removing Adhesive Sealant


– Adhesive Removal Solution - D 002 000 10- is recommended
cleaning solution. Observe safety precautions when process‐
ing.
– First, clean coarse paint surfaces with a dry cloth. Remove
further material using Adhesive Removal Solution - D 002 000
10- .

4. Removal and Installation 275


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

5 Special Tools

Special tools and workshop


equipment required
♦ Bonded Window Tool Kit -
VAG1351-
♦ Flush Bonded Window Kit -
VAG1474A-
♦ Window Removing Kit -
VAG1755-
♦ Double Cartridge Gun -
VAS5237-
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nf
ercia

orm
m

atio
om

n in
or c

thi
te

sd
iva

o
r
rp

cu
o

m
f

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
♦ Wiring Harness Repair Kit - VAS1978- gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
♦ Pry Lever - 80-200- Prote
cted AG.
agen

Edition: K0751102921 - C - 02/15/2015 – JY

276 Rep. Gr.66 - Exterior equipment


Golf 1998 ➤ , Jetta 1999 ➤
Body Exterior - Edition 08.2003

6 Revision History
Re Dat Job Type Feedback # Notes Editor
vi‐ e
sio
n

2 02/ Correction Deleted 9M Yam‐


15/ metadata - brick
201 9M already
5 has a Body
Ext rm of its
own
1 12/ Local Up‐ N/A Local update Tom
16/ date to corrected Perry
201 factory Edi‐
4 tion date.
Factory does
not have a
2007 Edition
of this book.

AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
olksw not
V gu
d by ara
ise nte
or eo
h
aut ra
ss c
ce
le
un

pt
an
d
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
is n

h re
ole,

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

t to the co
rrectness o
cial p

f inform
mer

atio
om

n
c

i
or

n thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

cum
r
fo

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
o
by c lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

6. Revision History 277


Cautions & Warnings

Please read these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before proceeding with maintenance
and repair work. You must answer that you have read and you understand these
WARNINGS and CAUTIONS before you will be allowed to view this information.

•= If you lack the skills, tools and equipment, or a suitable workshop for any procedure described in this manual, we
suggest you leave such repairs to an authorized Volkswagen retailer or other qualified shop. We especially urge
you to consult an authorized Volkswagen retailer before beginning repairs on any vehicle that may still be covered
wholly or in part by any of the extensive warranties issued by Volkswagen.

•= Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) whenever you work on the fuel system or the electrical
system. Do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards. Keep an approved fire extinguisher handy.

•= Volkswagen is constantly improving its vehicles and sometimes these changes, both in parts and specifications,
are made applicable to earlier models. Therefore, part numbers listed in this manual are for reference only. Always
check with your authorized Volkswagen retailer parts department for the latest information.

•= Any time the battery has been disconnected on an automatic transmission vehicle, it will be necessary to
reestablish Transmission Control Module (TCM) basic settings using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST).

•= Never work under a lifted vehicle unless it is solidly supported on stands designed for the purpose. Do not support
a vehicle on cinder blocks, hollow tiles or other props that may crumble under continuous load. Never work under a
vehicle that is supported solely by a jack. Never work under the vehicle while the engine is running.
AG. Volkswagen AG d
agen oes
lksw not
•= For vehicles equipped with an anti-theft radio, by
o
V be sure of the correct radio activation
gu
ara
code before disconnecting the
d
battery or removing the radio. If the wrong rise code is entered when the power is restored, nte the radio may lock up and
ho eo
become inoperable, even if the correct aut code is used in a later attempt. ra
ss c
ce
le
un

•= If you are going to work under a vehicle on the ground, make sure that the ground is level. Block the wheels to pt
an
d
itte

keep the vehicle from rolling. Disconnect the battery negative terminal (ground strap) to prevent others from y li
rm

ab
starting the vehicle while you are under it.
pe

ility
ot

wit
, is n

•=
h re

Do not attempt to work on your vehicle if you do not feel well. You increase the danger of injury to yourself and
hole

others if you are tired, upset or have taken medicine or any other substances that may impair you or keep you from
spec
es, in part or in w

being fully alert.


t to the co

•= Never run the engine unless the work area is well ventilated. Carbon monoxide (CO) kills.
rrectness of i

•= Always observe good workshop practices. Wear goggles when you operate machine tools or work with acid. Wear
l purpos

goggles, gloves and other protective clothing whenever the job requires working with harmful substances.

•=
nform
ercia

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, a scarf, loose clothing, or a necklace when you work near
machine tools or running engines. If your hair, clothing, or jewelry were to get caught in the machinery, severe
m

a
com

injury could result.


tion in
r
te o

thi

•= Do not re-use any fasteners that are worn or deformed in normal use. Some fasteners are designed to be used
s
iva

do

only once and are unreliable and may fail if used a second time. This includes, but is not limited to, nuts, bolts,
r
rp

cum
fo

washers, circlips and cotter pins. Always follow the recommendations in this manual - replace these fasteners with
en
ng

t.
new parts where indicated, and any other time it is deemed necessary by inspection. yi Co
Cop py
t. rig
gh ht
pyri by
Vo
co lksw
by
cted agen
Prote AG.

Page 1 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Illuminate the work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside or under the vehicle.
Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled
fuel or oil.

•= Friction materials such as brake pads and clutch discs may contain asbestos fibers. Do not create dust by
grinding, sanding, or by cleaning with compressed air. Avoid breathing asbestos fibers and asbestos dust.
Breathing asbestos can cause serious diseases such as asbestosis or cancer, and may result in death.

•= Finger rings should be removed so that they cannot cause electrical shorts, get caught in running machinery, or be
crushed by heavy parts.

•= Before starting a job, make certain that you have all the necessary tools and parts on hand. Read all the
instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts. Use tools that are appropriate to the work and use only
replacement parts meeting Volkswagen specifications. Makeshift tools, parts and procedures will not make good
repairs.

•= Catch draining fuel, oil or brake fluid in suitable containers. Do not use empty food or beverage containers that
might mislead someone into drinking from them. Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Wipe up spills at
once, but do not store the oily rags, which can ignite and
gen AG
. Voburn
lkswagspontaneously.
en AG
d
wa oes
olks not
byV gu
•= Use pneumatic and electric tools onlyisto aa
ed loosen threaded parts and fasteners. rNever
nte use these tools to tighten
or eo
fasteners, especially on light alloy uparts.
th Always use a torque wrench to tighten fasteners
ra to the tightening torque
a c
listed. ss

ce
le
un

pt
an
d

•= Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of the battery. If escaping hydrogen gas is
itte

y li
erm

ab
ignited, it will ignite gas trapped in the cells and cause the battery to explode.

ility
ot p

wit
is n

•= Be mindful of the environment and ecology. Before you drain the crankcase, find out the proper way to dispose of

h re
ole,

the oil. Do not pour oil onto the ground, down a drain, or into a stream, pond, or lake. Consult local ordinances that

spec
urposes, in part or in wh

govern the disposal of wastes.

t to the co
•= The air-conditioning (A/C) system is filled with a chemical refrigerant that is hazardous. The A/C system should be
serviced only by trained automotive service technicians using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment,
rrectne
trained in related safety precautions, and familiar with regulations governing the discharging and disposal of
automotive chemical refrigerants.
ss o
cial p

•= Before doing any electrical welding on vehicles equipped with anti-lock brakes (ABS), disconnect the battery
inform

negative terminal (ground strap) and the ABS control module connector.
mer

atio
m

•=
o

Do not expose any part of the A/C system to high temperatures such as open flame. Excessive heat will increase
n
c

i
or

system pressure and may cause the system to burst.


thi
te

sd
iva

o
pr

•=
um
r

When boost-charging the battery, first remove the fuses for the Engine Control Module (ECM), the Transmission
fo

en
ng

Control Module (TCM), the ABS control module, and the trip computer. In cases where one or more of these yi
t.
Co
op
components is not separately fused, disconnect the control module connector(s). ht. C py
rig
rig ht
py by
o Vo
•=
c
Some of the vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a supplemental restraint system (SRS), that by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.
automatically deploys an airbag in the event of a frontal impact. The airbag is operated by an explosive device.
Handled improperly or without adequate safeguards, it can be accidentally activated and cause serious personal
injury. To guard against personal injury or airbag system failure, only trained Volkswagen Service technicians
should test, disassemble or service the airbag system.

Page 2 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0
Cautions & Warnings
•= Do not quick-charge the battery (for boost starting) for longer than one minute, and do not exceed 16.5 volts at the
battery with the boosting cables attached. Wait at least one minute before boosting the battery a second time.

•= Never use a test light to conduct electrical tests of the airbag system. The system must only be tested by trained
Volkswagen Service technicians using the VAG 1551 Scan Tool (ST) or an approved equivalent. The airbag unit
must never be electrically tested while it is not installed in the vehicle.

•= Some aerosol tire inflators are highly flammable. Be extremely cautious when repairing a tire that may have been
inflated using an aerosol tire inflator. Keep sparks, open flame or other sources of ignition away from the tire repair
area. Inflate and deflate the tire at least four times before breaking the bead from the rim. Completely remove the
tire from the rim before attempting any repair.

•= When driving or riding in an airbag-equipped vehicle, never hold test equipment in your hands or lap while the
vehicle is in motion. Objects between you . Volkthe
AGand swaairbag
gen AG can increase the risk of injury in an accident.
agen do w es n
olks ot g
byV ua
ed ran
ris tee
tho or
I have au read and I understand these Cautions ac and Warnings.
ss

ce
e
nl

pt
du

an
itte

y li
erm

ab
ility
ot p

wit
, is n

h re
hole

spec
es, in part or in w

t to the co
rrectness of i
l purpos

nform
mercia

at
om

ion
c

in t
or

his
ate

do
priv

cum
for

en
ng

t.
yi Co
Cop py
ht. rig
rig ht
py by
co Vo
by lksw
cted agen
Prote AG.

Page 3 of 3
© 2002 Volkswagen of America, Inc.
All rights reserved. Information contained in this document is based on the latest information available at the time of printing and is subject to the copyright and other intellectual property rights of
Volkswagen of America, Inc., its affiliated companies and its licensors. All rights are reserved to make changes at any time without notice. No part of this document may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, nor may these materials be modified or reposted to other sites, without
the prior expressed written permission of the publisher.
Version 1.0

You might also like